Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / Severfield

Severfield

sfr · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker sfr
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Severfield
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015  
  Stock code: SFR     www.severfield.com

Building a 
solid platform 
for growth

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

Welcome to our 2015 annual report

Severfield plc is the largest specialist structural steelwork group 
in the UK, with a growing presence in India and a reputation for 
performance and value. Our vision is to be recognised as world-
class leaders in structural steel, known for our ability to deliver 
any project, to the highest possible standards.

Five reasons to invest

1

2

3

Market leading UK position — 
well positioned to benefit from 
the recovery in the wider UK 
construction market.

Strong balance sheet provides 
operational and financial flexibility.

Unrivalled experience and 
capability in design, fabrication and 
construction of steel structures.

4

5

Operational improvement 
programme — generating steady 
margin improvement.

Established foothold in the 
developing Indian market — 
building value through the joint 
venture business.

Investor website

We maintain a corporate website at  
www.severfield.com containing a wide range 
of information of interest to institutional and 
private investors including:

•	 Latest news and press releases

•	 Annual reports and investor presentations

Getting around the report

This icon signposts the reader to  
other sections in this report 

Find out more information on our 
website www.severfield.com

Front cover image:

Project: South Bank Tower

Sector: Commercial offices

Location: London

Tonnage: 1,700

Client: CIT

Main contractor: Mace

Completion: Summer 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Overview

01

What’s inside

03

Strategic report

51

Our governance

89Our financials

Strategic report
Overview
Highlights and milestones

Chairman’s introduction

Severfield snapshot

Our business and strategy
Group at a glance

Our business model

Marketplace

Market sectors

Our strategy

JSW Severfield Structures

Our performance
Operating review

Financial review

Corporate social responsibility

Key performance indicators

Principal risks and uncertainties

Our governance
Board of directors

Executive committee

Chairman’s letter

Corporate governance report

Audit committee report

Directors’ report 

Directors’ remuneration report

  — Letter from the committee chairman

  — Policy

  — Implementation

Directors’ responsibilities statement

Our financials
Independent auditor’s report

Consolidated income statement

02

04

06

10

12

16

18

20

24

28

32

36

42

44

52

54

56

58

66

69

72

74

79

87

90

95

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 96

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Five year summary

Financial calendar

Company balance sheet

Notes to the Company financial statements

Shareholder information
Addresses and advisers

97

98

99

100

129

129

132

133

138

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

02

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Highlights and milestones

Underlying* profit before tax

£8.3m

2014: £4.0m

Underlying* operating profit 
(before JVs and associates)

£9.0m

2014: £7.6m

Operating profit 
(before JVs and associates)

£0.5m

2014: (Loss of £0.1m)

Underlying* operating margin 
(before JVs and associates)

Revenue

4.5%

2014: 3.3%

Profit after tax

£0.1m

2014: (Loss of £2.6m)

£201.5m

2014: £231.3m

Underlying* basic earnings 
per share

2.31p

2014: 0.88p

Improvement in UK underlying* operating margin to 4.5% (2014: 3.3%), in line 
with expectations

*   Underlying results are stated before non-
underlying items of £8.5m (2014: £8.1m):

•	

•	

 — contract remedial costs – £6.0m (2014: 

£nil)

 — amortisation of acquired intangible 

assets – £2.6m (2014: £2.7m)
 — valuation of derivative financial 

instruments – £0.1m favourable (2014: 
£nil)

 — restructuring and redundancy costs – 

£nil (2014: £2.6m)

 — retirement of acquired intangible asset 

– £nil (2014: £2.4m)

 — impairment of investment in associates 

– £nil (2014: £0.4m)

 — the associated tax impact of the above

Improved tendering disciplines and operational processes, reflected in 
increased margin

•	 Over 110 projects undertaken during the year in key market sectors:

 — Core construction: office developments, stadia, warehouses and distribution 

centres; and

 — Core infrastructure: transport

•	 Share of losses from Indian joint venture of £0.2m (2014: £3.0m) reflecting 

higher production levels and operational improvements

•	 Non-underlying charge of £6.0m for the cost of Leadenhall remedial works 

programme

•	 Strong cash performance, with year-end net funds of £6.4m (2014: £0.3m)
•	 UK order book of £194m at 1 June 2015 (1 November 2014: £185m), reflecting 

improving market position

India order book of £38m at 1 June 2015 (1 November 2014: £38m)

•	
•	 Successful completion of new £25m revolving credit facility until July 2019
•	 Reintroduction  of proposed final dividend of 0.5p per share

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Overview

03

03 Strategic report

Chairman’s introduction 
Severfield snapshot 

Overview

 04 
 06

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
04

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Chairman’s introduction

John Dodds
Chairman

“ The Group is set for 

another year of good 
progress.”

2014/15 saw the Group make good progress against 
our strategic priorities. We more than doubled 
underlying pre-tax profits, continued to strengthen 
our executive team and have established the 
foundations to achieve further growth in 2015/16.

year-end together with management’s 
best estimate of the remaining cost to the 
Group before taking account of possible 
future recoveries.

Read the operating review on  
page 28

Cash generated from operations was 
£11.4m (operating cash conversion was 
107 per cent), which has resulted in year-
end net funds of £6.4m.

In October, the Group refinanced its 
borrowing facilities with National 
Australia Bank and HSBC, with HSBC 
replacing previous lender Royal Bank 
of Scotland. The new facilities, which 
expire in July 2019, are for £25m with an 
accordion facility of up to £20m available 
at the Group’s request. This new facility 
provides a solid foundation for the Group 
as it continues to develop its wider 
strategy.

Read the financial review on  
page 32

Dividends
As a result of the improved underlying 
results and its commitment to a 
progressive dividend policy, the board has 
recommended a final dividend of 0.5p per 
share. This dividend will be payable on  
11 September 2015 to shareholders on 
the register on 14 August 2015.

I am pleased to report a strong set of 
results for 2014/15. The Group reported 
an underlying operating profit for the 
year of £9.0m which represents a further 
increase in the UK operating margin from 
3.3 per cent in the previous year to 4.5 
per cent, positioning us well to achieve 
our previously stated target of 5 to 6 per 
cent by 2015/16. The margin uplift reflects 
improved contract tendering disciplines, 
together with the continued benefits of 
our ongoing operational improvement 
programme which was initiated in 2013 
following the rights issue. Furthermore, 
the UK order book of £194m has 
strengthened during the year, providing 
us with the platform required to return to 
revenue growth in 2015/16.

Underlying profit before tax was £8.3m, an 
increase of £4.3m from the previous year. 
This reflects both the increase in operating 
profit and the improved performance of the 
Indian joint venture, with the Group’s share 
of losses significantly reducing to £0.2m 
from £3.0m. The joint venture result reflects 
the benefits of the changes made to the 
senior management team and the business 
development and operational improvement 
programmes, all of which were initiated in 
response to the disappointing performance 
in the previous year.

The 2014/15 result includes a non-
underlying charge of £6.0m relating to a 
programme of bolt replacement works at 
the Leadenhall building, a contract that 
was completed in 2013. This programme 
is being undertaken in conjunction 
with British Land, Laing O’Rourke and 
Arup and is likely to continue until the 
end of the calendar year. This charge 
represents certain costs incurred at 

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Overview

05

Underlying profit before tax

£8.3m

2014: £4.0m

Order book

£194m

November 2014: 
£185m

Accident frequency rate 
(AFR)

0.21

2014: 0.57 (UK only)

The health and safety of our people 
remains a priority of the board. All of the 
Group’s employees should benefit from 
an incident-free environment. The Group’s 
AFR for the year, which includes our Indian 
joint venture, was 0.21. This AFR score 
of 0.21 includes an AFR of 0.33 for our 
UK operations which was a significant 
improvement from the prior year of 
0.57, reflecting certain new initiatives 
launched in the current year following the 
appointment of a new Group SHE director 
in April 2014. A number of new initiatives 
are also planned for 2015/16.

Read more about corporate social 
responsibility on page 36

Outlook
The improved results for 2014/15 
demonstrate the strength of the Group’s 
business model and the progress that we 
have made in implementing key elements 
of our strategy.

Looking forward, our improved order 
book and a growing pipeline of contract 
opportunities leaves us well positioned 
to return to revenue growth in 2015/16 
which, together with the continuing 
improvements in operational performance 
both in the UK and India, mean that we 
believe the Group is set for another year  
of good progress.

John Dodds 
Non-executive chairman 
17 June 2015

Strategy
The Group’s strategy is to continue 
building a solid platform for growth. 
We have made good progress against 
our strategic priorities during the year, 
particularly in the areas of operational 
excellence and India. Another significant 
step during the year was the recruitment 
of the legacy Mabey Bridge infrastructure 
team, providing us with additional 
resources and expertise to support 
stronger future growth within the bridge 
and infrastructure markets.

Read more about  
Group strategy on page 20

Board
During the year, Kevin Whiteman, Tony 
Osbaldiston and Alun Griffiths all joined 
the board as non-executive directors. 
Their considerable operational expertise 
and the knowledge and experience gained 
in global organisations have proved real 
assets to our board discussions as we 
continue our strategic and operational 
progression.

We have continued to strengthen our 
executive team with the appointment of 
Gary Wintersgill as managing director of 
Severfield (UK) Limited and Martin Kelly 
as Group strategic business development 
director.

Read our corporate governance 
report on page 58

Employees and safety
Over 1,200 employees have contributed 
to the strong performance of the Group 
during the current year. On behalf of the 
board, I would like to thank them for 
their hard work and continued support. 
During the year, we launched a save as 
you earn share scheme to enable all of our 
employees to participate in the long-term 
success of the Group.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

06

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Severfield 
snapshot

What we want to be
Our vision
Our vision is to be recognised as world-class leaders in structural steel, known for 
our ability to deliver any project, to the highest possible standards.

What we set out to achieve
Our mission
As ambitious, innovative leaders in a demanding and ever developing industry, we 
will use our collective strengths and resources to build the capacity required to 
deliver the structures of the future.

What defines us
Our values

Safety
There’s a reason it is known as ‘safety first’. 
We make no apologies for the fact that 
profit and loss, deadlines and headlines, 
all come second to making sure everyone 
goes home safely. Every day.

Customer focus
Our clients are paramount in all that 
we do. We are here to understand their 
requirements and meet their aspirations. 
Together we will deliver projects of which 
we can all be proud.

Integrity
We operate in a complex and challenging 
industry, one that often requires 
innovative thinking and a flexible 
approach to deliver successful outcomes. 
The one thing we’ll never compromise 
on though is our integrity, which ensures 
we’re able to maintain the exceptionally 
high standards we set for ourselves. 

Commitment 
We stand by our word, when the Group 
says we’ll deliver, whatever challenges lie 
ahead, you can depend on us to deliver, 
and to the highest possible standard.

How we will achieve our vision

Our strategy

Find out more about  
our strategy  on page 20

There are five elements to our strategy:

The core of our strategy revolves around continuing  
to build a solid platform for continued growth.

Growth 

Operational
excellence 

Clients

People

India

How we impact on society

Resources and relationships

Find out more about  
our corporate social responsibility
on page 36

There are four main areas where our business model impacts on society and 
where we have responsibilities that extend beyond financial performance:

•  Safety, health and environment
•  Sustainability
•  People
•  Communities

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Overview

07

What we do
Business model

Find out more about our  
business model on page 12

DESIGN

FABRICATE

CONSTRUCT

Our business model delivers value to our shareholders, 
customers and employees and is the key enabler of our 
strategy. Our proven strengths are our unrivalled capacity 
and performance, the technical expertise of our people, 
engineering excellence and customer service.

The Group’s businesses perform every part of the 
fabrication and construction process from initial 
scheme design to the eventual handover to our clients 
of a quality product on-site.

Where we do it
Our businesses

Find out more about our  
Group at a glance  on page 10

The combined resources of our Group of companies 
provide us with the largest capacity and capability of any 
steel company in the UK, which allows us to offer great 
choice, value and flexibility through our national network 
of factories in North Yorkshire, Lancashire and Northern 
Ireland.

Our joint venture in India, which presents great opportunities 
for overseas steel fabrication, is of significant importance in 
achieving the Group’s strategic growth ambitions.

Who we serve
Market sectors

Find out more about our 
market sectors 

on page 18

Our state-of-the-art facilities provide steel structures 
which serve people every day, whether for work, leisure 
or travel, or to provide essential services, including 
power and energy, health and education. We have 
extensive experience in multiple market sectors, which 
supports the business through changes in spending 
patterns and fluctuations in macroeconomic conditions.

How we measure success
KPIs

How we manage our risks
Risks

Find out more about  
our KPIs  on page 42

We use a combination of financial 
and non-financial key performance 
indicators (KPIs) to measure our 
progress in delivering our strategic 
priorities:
•  Underlying operating profit/

• 

 •

• 
 •

• 

margin £9.0m/4.5%
Underlying basic earnings 
per share 2.31p
Operating cash conversion 107%
Return on capital employed 
(ROCE) 6.1%
UK order book £194m
Accident frequency rate
(AFR) 0.21
Revenue growth 
(new KPI for 2015/16)

Find out more about  
managing risk on page 44

Strong and effective risk management is 
at the heart of how the directors run the 
business and supports the achievement 
of the Group’s strategic objectives. 

Our performance is dependent on 
macroeconomic conditions as well 
as changes in government policies 
and in the commercial environment. 
Accordingly, we have identified six
principal risks and uncertainties which 
have the potential to impact the Group’s 
business model and strategy:

•  Commercial and market environment
•  People
• 
• 
•  Health and safety
• 

Interruption to fabrication facilities
Indian joint venture

Information technology

How we govern ourselves
Governance

Find out more about  
our governance on page 58

We are committed to maintaining 
the highest standards of corporate 
governance and ensuring that values 
and behaviours are consistent across 
our businesses. We encourage 
open and honest discussion and 
constructive challenge across the 
Group to ensure that best practice is 
maintained. This culture is integral to 
our business model and strategy and 
for the benefit of our shareholders.

Our KPIs for profitability, AFR and 
cash flow generation are linked to our 
performance share plan and annual 
incentive arrangements to ensure that 
the remuneration of our directors is 
aligned with our strategic priorities.

Safety underpins everything we do

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
 
 
08

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Delivering quality service 

A new third tier is being added to the existing south  
stand at the Etihad stadium including plant room, 
corporate functions, roof and suspension system.  
Once completed the existing roof will be dismantled  
from the inside of the stadium ready for the start of the 
2015/16 football season.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

09

09 Group at a glance   

Strategic report
Our business and strategy

Our business model 
Marketplace 
Market sectors 
Our strategy 
JSW Severfield Structures 

 10 
 12 
 16 
 18 
 20 
 24

Project: South Stand redevelopment, 
Manchester City F.C.

Sector: Stadia and leisure

Location: Etihad Stadium, Manchester

Tonnage: 3,600

Client: Manchester City Football Club

Main contractor: Laing O’Rourke

Completion: August 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Group at a glance

The combined resources of our Group of companies have the design skills, 
engineering skills and experience to handle complex projects over a diverse 
range of market sectors. We can facilitate the production of a wide range of 
steelwork packages, from projects requiring added value engineering content 
to basic structural work.

Severfield (UK) Limited
Severfield (UK) Limited combines high-volume structural steel 
production with specialist design and engineering expertise to deliver 
a complete service to clients from project concept to completion. It has 
a combined capacity of around 100,000 tonnes of fabricated steelwork 
per year, the most extensive product range and capability in the 
industry and its own highly skilled site construction teams.

Its Dalton site in North Yorkshire boasts ten state-of-the-art production 
lines where modern manufacturing and painting processes are undertaken 
in a controlled environment. The streamlined, high-volume and efficient 
nature of this facility is geared for strong repeat business in the structures 
market. Its Lostock site in Lancashire can also take on more difficult or 
complex work with the capability of operating in ‘challenging’ environments 
such as live railways, airports, public places and city centres.

Severfield (Design & Build) Limited
Severfield (Design & Build) Limited, located in Sherburn, near 
Scarborough, is the principal design and build steelwork contractor for 
distribution warehouses and low-rise structures in the UK.

The company designs, fabricates and constructs structural steelwork 
and portal frames principally for the warehouse, distribution and 
industrial sectors. The company also has a specialist steel stair and 
metalwork division and expertise in the commercial, residential, health 
and education sectors.

With an annual capacity of 25,000 tonnes, the company has a 
business, skill base and client profile which are complementary to the 
rest of the Group.

Severfield (NI) Limited
Severfield’s base in Northern Ireland, Severfield (NI) Limited has a 
strong reputation for delivering quality constructional steel products 
in the UK and Irish structural steel market. It has contributed to such 
notable projects as Leadenhall Tower, Dundrum Shopping Centre in 
Dublin and Belfast’s Odyssey Arena and Titanic Signature Building.

The company has an annual capacity in excess of 25,000 tonnes with 
full-service capabilities and is equipped with the latest  
state-of-the-art manufacturing processes.

The site’s highly skilled workforce includes a directly employed site 
construction team.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

11

Severfield (UK)

Dalton, North Yorkshire and 
Lostock, Lancashire

Severfield 
(Design & Build)

Sherburn, North Yorkshire

JSW Severfield 
Structures

(Indian-based 
joint venture business)

Mumbai, India

Severfield (NI)

Enniskillen, Co. Fermanagh

JSW Severfield Structures Limited
Located adjacent to JSW Steel’s plant at Vijayanagar, in the District 
of Bellary, Karnataka, India, the site has an annual capacity of 60,000 
tonnes and consists of two fabrication lines and a plate line.

Plant investment has been significant, with many of the Group’s 
innovative features being incorporated into the joint venture.

The company is involved in the design, fabrication and construction of 
structural steelwork to principally service the Indian markets.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

12

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Our business model

What we do
Severfield plc is the UK’s market-leading structural steel 
group, serving the construction and infrastructure markets, 
operating across four sites providing unrivalled capacity 
and capability. We also have an operation in India, which 
forms part of our international growth plans. The Group’s 
businesses manage every aspect of the fabrication and 
construction process, from initial scheme design, through 
detailing, specification and manufacture to the eventual 
handover to our clients of a quality product on-site.

The Group’s proven strengths are its unrivalled capacity 
and performance, iconic, high quality products, engineering 
excellence and customer service.

Our customers
Clients serviced by the Group cover a broad range of 
disciplines from contractors and developers, to engineers 
and architects. Contractors include Brookfield, BAM, Laing 
O’Rourke, Sir Robert McAlpine, MACE, Morgan Sindall, 
Skanska, Carillion, Vinci, Winvic, McLaren, VolkerFitzpatrick 
and Balfour Beatty, and developers include Stanhope, 
Hammerson, British Land, Land Securities, Westfield and 
Grosvenor. We have also developed structures for clients 
such as ASDA, Sainsbury’s, Aldi, Jaguar Land Rover, ProLogis 
and Gazeley and project owners such as Network Rail, the 
Highways Agency, BAA and Sellafield.

Resources
The Group has the largest capacity and capability of any 
steel fabrication company in the UK and can offer great 
choice, value and flexibility thanks to our national network 
of factories and the technical expertise of our people.

The Group is equipped with the latest state-of-the-art 
manufacturing and painting processes and has a highly 
skilled workforce of over 1,200 staff including an in-house 
construction team.

We have the design, experience and engineering skills to 
serve a diverse range of market sectors, from airports, 
railway stations and bridges to data centres and 
commercial offices.

Partners
A key ingredient for the long-term success of any business 
is the ability to forge strong and lasting relationships with 
supply chain partners, which provides clients with high value 
and consistent reliability. The Group spends a high percentage 
of its operating costs on goods and subcontractor services. 
Careful management of the supply chain is essential to 
drive efficiency and suppliers are monitored to ensure that 
maximum benefits are delivered to clients and the Group.

As the UK’s largest steelwork contractor, we engage with 
clients and the supply chain wherever we operate and long-
term relationships are forged with partners who meet our 
commitment to quality and sustainability. This helps to improve 
the interfaces between disciplines as we strive to optimise 
construction value and performance both now and in the future.

FABRICATE

FABRICATE

DESIGN

DESIGN

VALUE
GENERATION
VALUE
GENERATION

CONSTRUCT

CONSTRUCT

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

13

Value generation
All of the Group’s revenue and profits are generated from the 
design, fabrication and construction of structural steelwork 
and its related activities. Our state-of-the-art manufacturing 
facilities have been established to generate profit and surplus 
cash flow.

Close management of our contracts and cost base is critical 
to our success particularly in winning new contracts, 
reinvesting in our business and seeking further opportunities 
for growth. The Group’s operational improvement programme, 
the objective of which is to improve risk assessment and 
operational and contract management processes, is central 
to the generation of value.

Good cash generation and balance sheet management 
provide a solid foundation for the Group.

Our competitive advantage
The Group’s competitive advantages derive from its scale, 
client focus, flexibility, experience, cost base, productivity, 
supply chain strengths and integrated approach from design 
to construction. We have unrivalled capabilities and our 
facilities are the best in the UK and possibly in Europe.

We approach every project, from the highly technical 
to basic structural work, with the same level of safety, 
professionalism, commitment, care and customer service.

The dedication, expertise and experience of our workforce 
ensure that we offer more skills and variety than any other UK 
steel contractor. We are committed to matters of health and 
safety, sustainability, ethics and client and staff engagement.

Where we fit in the value chain

Design 
The Group’s design department consists of highly skilled 
and motivated professional structural and civil engineers 
with specialist knowledge of structural steelwork design.

The design process offers our clients innovative concepts 
and solutions. We are able to offer ‘value engineering’ 
through the close guidance of our consulting engineers at 
the concept of the project and with the assistance of the 
latest state-of-the-art computer software for 2-D and 3-D 
building information modelling (BIM), analysis and design.

Our advice on material choices, fabrication, fire protection, 
surface treatment and construction techniques can often 
lead to significant project savings and efficiencies.

Our engineers are also involved in temporary works to suit 
site construction and buildability issues. Working closely 
with the Group’s in-house construction team, we ensure the 
most efficient and safest solutions for our clients’ needs. 
This expertise is essential for high-rise towers and other 
complex structures undertaken by the Group.

Fabricate 
The Group’s fabrication facilities include expansive 
stockyard areas and in-line cutting, fabrication, welding 
and painting and some of the largest finished goods and 
subassembly areas in the industry.

Operational investment has been significant and 
continuous over the years, with many innovative features 
being developed and incorporated. Modern, state-of-the-
art processing equipment has been employed with full 
consideration for design, supporting layout, logistics, 

integration and construction. Our equipment is fed with 
numerical control data which optimises output and 
minimises waste and errors.

The FABSEC® production line at Dalton is a fully self-
contained production facility. The process provides the 
structural steelwork sector with a full range of highly 
efficient plated sections, optimal section profiles and shop-
applied intumescent coatings.

Haulage for our steel products is managed by WS 
Transportation, which boasts a range of state-of-the-art 
equipment such as new trailers, trailer safe systems, cycle 
aware cameras and audible warning features for city centre 
deliveries.

Construct 
The Group has its own highly trained construction 
workforce which provides services for all of its construction 
requirements. Working closely with the project 
management team, they are leaders in steel construction 
and utilise the latest equipment on-site. The Group is an 
industry leader in construction methodology.

The Group also has a large and highly experienced contract 
management team. Each contract manager is the single 
point of contact with each client and is supported by all 
resources within the Group. Our contract managers engage 
with our clients and the supply chain to ensure optimum 
communication and performance in all aspects of the 
project, including site construction and administration.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

DESIGN

DESIGN

FABRICATE

FABRICATE

VALUE

GENERATION

VALUE

GENERATION

CONSTRUCT

CONSTRUCT

14

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Our business model

Health and safety
The well-being and safety of our 
employees, clients, suppliers and 
subcontractors are paramount and directly 
impact on the commercial viability of our 
business.

The directors, through the implementation 
of our safety, health and environmental 
philosophy, encourage each employee 
and subcontractor to strive constantly 
to adopt the best safety, health and 
environmental practices. Our dedicated 
SHE director has overall responsibility for 
health and safety operations, with the aim 
of minimising the risk of incidents and 
generally promoting a proactive health 
and safety culture.

A principal aim of the board is to ensure, 
through example and encouragement, 
that we behave ethically and responsibly, 
particularly in the fields of health, safety 
and environmental management.

Training standards are high within the 
Group to ensure performance excellence 
and health and safety standards 
and we work closely with equipment 
manufacturers to ensure that efficiency 
and safety are always at the forefront of 
operations.

The Group’s health and safety team 
monitors all sites on a regular basis to 
make sure these essential standards 
are maintained. We have developed our 
own unique safety handrail solution 
(Seversafe®) and a tool-tethering system.

The values below support our health and 
safety policy and establish the areas 
that are essential to achieving our main 
goal, namely to ensure each and every 
employee can enjoy a safe working 
environment, with no exceptions.

Leadership — people at all levels have 
responsibility for their own health and 
safety and should set an example for 
others. Our management is accountable 
for health and safety and will demonstrate 
leadership through personal example.

Hazard, risks and control measures 
— we will identify the hazards and 
risks associated with our business 
activities and introduce appropriate 
control measures to challenge them in 
the changing environment and aim for 
continuous improvement.

Health and well-being — we will promote 
and improve the health and well-being of 
all Group employees.

Competence and behaviour — we will 
ensure our employees are trained so 
they are skilled and qualified for their 
occupation and therefore can contribute 
to an improved health and safety 
performance.

DESIGN

FABRICATE

CONSTRUCT

DESIGN
DESIGN
DESIGN
DESIGN

FABRICATE
FABRICATE
FABRICATE
FABRICATE

VALUE
VALUE
VALUE
GENERATION
GENERATION
GENERATION

CONSTRUCT
CONSTRUCT
CONSTRUCT
CONSTRUCT

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

15

Innovation
FABSEC is the unrivalled market leader 
in the design, fabrication and supply of 
long span cellular and bespoke plated 
beams. It is a joint venture of four major 
UK companies at the forefront of the UK 
construction industry, including the Group. 
FABSEC® beams and FBEAM® software 
are used on a variety of prestigious 
construction projects across the UK.

Innovation also plays an important role 
in building long-term relationships 
and creating additional value for our 
customers. The Group’s continued 
expertise in creating innovative solutions 
at a project level enables our clients to 
realise their architectural visions.

Read about our strategy on  
page 20

Read about our marketplace on  
page 16

Read about our Group at a glance 
on page 10

Quality and accreditations
Quality assurance is a fundamental 
feature across all of our operations. From 
initial enquiry through to design, materials 
ordering, fabrication and construction, we 
employ processes designed to ensure full 
customer satisfaction.

Quality systems assumed through the 
British Standards Institution (BSI), 
together with welding control through The 
Welding Institute (TWI), operate to ensure 
customer requirements are recognised 
and delivered. Registration under the 
Qualified Steelwork Contractors Scheme 
provides extra confidence to customers.

The CE mark is a claim that a particular 
construction product can be used  
within the European Union and is  
based on the principle that the product 
is ‘fit for purpose’. All of the Group’s 
manufacturing facilities are CE  
marking compliant and have been 
independently assessed to meet the 
requirements of Execution Class 4. 
Accordingly, our clients can be assured 
that their steelwork is in compliance with 
the latest Europe-wide legislation and is 
manufactured to a level of quality that is 
second to none.

The Group has a strong policy of 
continuous improvement and seeks to 
enhance corporate management through 
proactive development. New facilities 
and procedures are integrated into the 
relevant quality assurance system as 
they are adopted.

The Group is committed to providing our 
clients with the best possible service 
and protecting our workforce wherever 
we operate. By gaining the necessary 
certification through recognised bodies, 
we provide the reassurance that we are 
properly trained and qualified to carry 
out our contractual and partnership 
obligations.

Incident analysis and prevention — we 
will ensure work-related accidents and 
near-misses are reported, investigated 
and analysed to prevent reoccurrence. 
The investigations will focus on root cause 
and recommendations shared across the 
business.

Safety in design — our designers 
and construction management teams 
will focus on the design aspect of the 
structure with the objective to erect the 
structure safely and more efficiently.

Monitoring, audit and review — we will 
conduct regular internal audits on our 
management systems in order to achieve 
our objectives and targets to drive the 
health and safety culture of our business 
forward.

Sustainability
We are committed to minimising the 
environmental impact of our business 
through sustainable practices and 
continuous improvement of our 
environmental performance.

The following values support our 
environmental policy and establish the 
areas that are essential to achieving  
the policy.

Management systems — to implement 
effective management systems and to 
encourage all our employees to act in an 
environmentally responsible manner.

Continuous improvement — to improve 
the environmental performance of 
our business through research and 
development of new technologies, 
preventing and reducing our emissions 
and minimising waste.

Sustainable development — to 
contribute to sustainable resources by 
using energy and raw materials more 
efficiently, thus optimising our natural 
resources.

Monitoring and reporting — to monitor 
and audit our environmental performance, 
report progress on policy objectives and 
strive for continuous improvement in our 
targets to achieve a more environmentally 
friendly business.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

16

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Marketplace

The Group’s strategic focus is to increase its UK market share from 
construction activities, to enter new market sectors and to build market share 
from its existing European opportunities.

2014 share of 
addressable market

c.15%

delivering 75,000 
tonnes

2014 share of total  
UK market 

c.8%

Find out more about  
strategy on page 20

Find out more about  
KPIs on page 42

Find out more about  
risk management on page 44

Marketplace
The total value of structural steel output 
in the UK, estimated by the British 
Constructional Steel Association (BCSA), 
was approximately £1.7bn in 2014. This 
represents UK structural steel production 
for calendar year 2014 of 889,000 
tonnes. The value of this market, which is 
considered addressable by the Group, is 
approximately £1.1bn, which represents 
production levels of 500,000 tonnes.

The Group’s potential production capability 
is approximately 150,000 tonnes, which 
represents 15 per cent of the current 
estimated capacity of the UK market of 
1,000,000 tonnes. Its current share of the 
UK market is approximately 75,000 tonnes, 
resulting in an addressable market share 
for 2014 of c.15 per cent and a total UK 
market share for 2014 of c.8 per cent.

The reduction in the Group’s market share 
during the year reflects improved tendering 
disciplines and the willingness and ability 
to decline work where the pricing is not 
considered economic or where there is 
insufficient allowance for risk.

The market sectors targeted by the Group 
and its estimated market share are shown 
below.

Market sectors

Sector

Industrial and distribution
Infrastructure (including bridges)
Health and education
Commercial offices
Power and energy
Stadia and leisure
Retail
Other
Exports
TOTAL

Source: BCSA.

Outlook
Market conditions have improved 
during the year but continued to remain 
challenging as margins remain under 
pressure from rising input prices. In 
addition, some market tension remains 
as main contractors continue to work 
through certain legacy contracts. Whilst 
the market remains tight in some 
respects, there are now clearer signs of 
improvement which, if it continues, will 
further assist our margin recovery and 
drive revenue growth in due course.

Future growth driven by the recovery 
in the core UK market is expected to 
come from private sector growth in the 
industrial, commercial and leisure sectors 
as well as major infrastructure projects. 
In particular, we believe the long-term 
drivers for infrastructure remain sound, 
necessitating ongoing investment.

Forecasts for the next four years prepared 
by the BCSA show an expected increase in 
UK structural steel demand, particularly 
in the Group’s key markets of industrial, 
commercial and leisure.

Market tonnage in 2014

(000s)

311
136
125
87
51
37
21
31
90
889

(%)

35%
15%
14%
10%
6%
4%
2%
4%
10%
100%

Group market 
share (estimated)

10–20%
5–10%
< 5%
20–30%
5–10%
30–40%
10–20%
10–20%
< 5%

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

17

UK order book
The Group has a well-diversified order book of £194m (June 2015) which represents 
approximately nine months of forward production capacity. The order book has 
increased during the year, reflecting the improving market position, and the contract mix 
within the order book includes the benefits of improved tendering disciplines and our 
more selective approach to winning work.

Despite the improvement in the market during the year, prices have remained 
competitive and we continue to focus on ensuring that there is a fair balance of risk 
and reward within the contracts. Our improving operational processes are helping us 
to manage these market pressures more effectively and to deliver improving margins 
in line with our strategy. The current order book, which is expected to convert into an 
improved outturn in 2016, is set out below.

June 2015
£194m

November 2014
£185m

Future trend

32%

26%

19%

7%

5%

4%

4%

41%

24%

14%

5%

3%

8%

3%

3%
100%

2%
100%

Market sectors
The Group’s key market sectors are 
discussed in detail on pages 18 and 19.

Sector

Commercial offices

Transport (including bridges)

Industrial and distribution

Stadia and leisure

Power and energy

Data centres and other

Retail

Health and education

Pipeline/prospects
The Group continues to monitor the 
future pipeline of work which is likely 
to convert to orders in the near term. 
This provides forward visibility of future 
orders and helps to facilitate production 
planning. The Group’s pipeline of contract 
opportunities is encouraging and 
includes prestigious developments in the 
commercial offices, stadia and leisure, 
data centres, industrial (warehousing) and 
transport sectors.

Current estimated  
UK capacity

1,000,000

tonnes

Total UK production of 
constructional steelwork

889,000

tonnes

Group potential capacity

150,000

tonnes

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
18

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Market sectors

With our extensive experience in multiple sectors, the Group’s state-of-the-art 
facilities provide our clients with unrivalled services and value in the execution 
of their projects. Our structures serve people every day, whether for work, play 
or travel, or to provide essential infrastructure, including power and energy.

Core construction sectors

1. Commercial offices
Through our work in the commercial office sector, we have made 
a significant impact on the cityscapes of London and other major 
commercial hubs around the world. We ensure our structural steel 
methods, products and processes keep up with the needs and challenges 
of this rapidly evolving sector. Our success is underpinned by specialist 
products such as FABSEC® and Firebeam®, together with other 
initiatives. Recent successes include Aldgate Tower, Nova, Victoria, New 
Street Square, W5, Regents Place, South Bank Tower and Fetter Lane.

2. Industrial and distribution
The Group is a trusted partner to the industrial, warehousing and 
distribution industries, thanks to our strong reputation for engineering 
excellence and versatility. Unrivalled capacity, the ability to meet diverse 
and rigorous requirements and other strengths such as design capability, 
supply chain co-ordination and delivery speeds set us apart from our 
competitors. Our clients cover a wide range of sectors from automotive 
to retail, with major contracts including projects for Sports Direct, Ocado, 
ASDA, Sainsbury’s, Aldi and Jaguar Land Rover.

3. Stadia and leisure
Stadia and leisure complexes are important sectors for the steelwork industry. 
The Group has an unrivalled record in the design, engineering and building 
of many of the UK’s best known sports hubs, including the world-renowned 
Olympic Stadium, Arsenal Football Club’s Emirates Stadium and Wimbledon 
Centre Court. We have also provided timely and cost-effective solutions for key 
leisure destinations, ranging from exhibition and conference centres to state-
of-the-art concert arenas.

Other recent projects include the redevelopment of Anfield stadium 
(Liverpool Football Club) and the south stand redevelopment at 
Manchester City Football Club.

4. Retail
Retail developments are becoming increasingly complex and ambitious 
as towns and cities position themselves as attractive shopping 
destinations in today’s competitive economy. Major redevelopment in 
cities and out-of-town shopping facilities are challenging projects in their 
own right, requiring different skills and services. Project management 
and supply chain linkage are vital to successful project execution. Group 
successes include Bradford’s Westfield Shopping Centre, Hereford 
Old Livestock Market, John Lewis, Birmingham and projects for ASDA, 
Sainsbury’s, Costco and Aldi.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

19

Key: 

Core construction sectors

Core infrastructure sectors

Core infrastructure sectors

5. Data centres and other
Data centres are an ever growing part of the business world. In recent 
years, they have become increasingly important to businesses of all sizes 
as they look for cost-effective alternatives to high in-house IT and other 
costs. With a large proportion of data centres being specified in steel, the 
Group is well placed to meet the needs of this rapidly expanding sector, 
and our cost, speed and flexibility have resulted in several key contract 
awards. Recent successes include London Data Centre, Slough, Microsoft 
Amsterdam and Telehouse.

1. Transport
Transportation is a key market sector for the Group. Our expertise includes 
international airports, road and rail facilities, and bridges. Many of the 
structures we create become famed landmarks in their own right. Services 
range from design, planning and high-volume steel supply, to fabrication 
and construction. As a key element of the UK’s infrastructure, bridge building 
requires skill, precision and quality on a large scale. Our growing bridge 
business has a strong reputation and extensive experience in the successful 
delivery of all types of bridgework, including major transport routes.

Our successes include multiple contracts with Heathrow Airport, London 
Bridge Station Canopies, Manchester Victoria Station, Pulpit Rock Viaduct 
and the M8 rail bridges.

2. Power and energy
Power stations, sustainable energy facilities and waste processing plants 
form an important part of our business. Our professionalism, extensive 
sector experience and ability to meet specific engineering requirements 
enable us to continue serving these vital sectors in the UK and other parts 
of the world. Group successes include Essex and Milton Keynes waste 
treatment plants, Cardiff and Peterborough Waste to Energy plants and 
Carrington Power Station.

3. Health and education
We have a long history of providing world-class steel solutions for 
hospitals, which are increasingly being specified with structural steel 
frames. Key factors giving us an advantage in this sector include span 
length, enhanced flexibility, adaptability and speed of construction. We 
have also worked with many education clients and contractors over the 
years, each project bringing its own specific requirements and challenges. 
Group successes include Francis Crick Institute, Syringe Factory, Nigeria 
and the University of Strathclyde.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

20

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Our strategy

Our vision is to be recognised as world-class leaders in structural steel, known 
for our ability to deliver any project to the highest possible standards. We will 
deliver this vision through the Group’s strategy, the core of which revolves 
around continuing to build a solid platform for growth, and is supported by a 
focus on five key elements.

In 2015, the progress that we have made in delivering our strategy, together with how this strategy has been further developed,  
is set out below:

Strategic element

Growth 

In the short to medium term, our aim is to capitalise on 
growth opportunities both in the UK and in overseas 
markets.

Priorities

Achievements in 2015

Objectives for 2016

Increase UK market share – growing market share in areas 
where the business already operates.

Enter new UK market sectors – looking for new market 
areas where the business has not operated in the past, 
taking advantage of our existing capacity and capabilities.

Building from existing European opportunities – driving 
more opportunities from European contractors with whom 
we have strong relationships in the UK.

We have focused on larger projects within our target 

Grow Group revenues (and the order book) in FY16, 

markets, playing to our strengths of capability and 

taking advantage of the improving market position.

capacity (including Anfield Stadium, Principal Place, 

Angel Court, Ordsall Chord and Telehouse).

We have undertaken significant research work to 

gain greater knowledge of current markets and target 

markets outside of our traditional areas.

Increase market share in areas where the Group 

already has specialist expertise.

Infrastructure and bridge markets – coupled with 

developing the legacy Mabey Bridge operations, we 

have a targeted approach with key UK infrastructure 

This has led us to expand our bridge capability 

project owners to exploit identified growth 

through the recruitment of the legacy Mabey Bridge 

opportunities.

infrastructure team, providing us with additional 

resources and expertise to capitalise on the growth 

potential within the bridge and infrastructure markets.

Continue to review growth opportunities in the UK, 

Europe (which was deferred in FY15 by the European 

downturn) and the rest of the world.

Operational excellence 

Drive operational improvements and efficiencies – the 
objective of our comprehensive operational improvement 
programme is to improve the Group’s risk assessment, 
operational and contract management processes.

The improvement in operating margin during the 

Our aim remains to restore underlying operating 

year highlights the benefits of our short-term focus 

margins to 5 to 6 per cent by the end of 2016 

on margin recovery rather than top line growth. The 

reflecting the continued improvement in contract 

increased margin reflects the ongoing improvements 

execution coupled with better commercial and project 

Our emphasis is on delivering high quality products and 
reducing costs by driving excellence through our core 
business processes.

Invest in market-leading technology – we will make 
this investment in the short and medium term in order to 
support the Group’s ongoing requirements and for growth.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

in risk management and operational processes, 

together with a more selective approach when 

tendering for work.

The operational improvements were also evidenced in the 

Group’s positive operating cash flow for FY15 which has 

enabled the directors to recommend a final dividend.

management procedures and the underlying margins 

on individual contracts secured in the order book. 

This, in accordance with the Group’s business model, 

will continue to generate surplus cash flows and 

support dividends.

Capital expenditure of £6.6m represents a significant 

increase in the Group’s investment programme. This 

We will continue to upgrade and replace existing 

equipment where appropriate, with new state-of-the-

enabled the upgrade of some of the Group’s core fabrication 

art technology to help drive production efficiencies, 

equipment and also an increase in the Group’s fleet of 

and to expand the capital equipment base where 

mobile plant and equipment used on its construction sites. 

there is a strong return on investment case.

This has generated operational efficiencies during the year, 

which are reflected in the improved operating margin, and 

will continue to benefit the Group in following years.

We have disposed of our non-core investment property to 

release cash for investment in new technologies.

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

21

Read about our KPIs on  
page 42

Read about our marketplace  on  
page 16

Read about our business model on  
page 12

Read our operating review on  
page 28

Growth

Clients

Our strategy:
Building a solid 
platform for growth

Operational 
excellence

People

India

Priorities

Achievements in 2015

Objectives for 2016

We have focused on larger projects within our target 
markets, playing to our strengths of capability and 
capacity (including Anfield Stadium, Principal Place, 
Angel Court, Ordsall Chord and Telehouse).

We have undertaken significant research work to 
gain greater knowledge of current markets and target 
markets outside of our traditional areas.

This has led us to expand our bridge capability 
through the recruitment of the legacy Mabey Bridge 
infrastructure team, providing us with additional 
resources and expertise to capitalise on the growth 
potential within the bridge and infrastructure markets.

The improvement in operating margin during the 
year highlights the benefits of our short-term focus 
on margin recovery rather than top line growth. The 
increased margin reflects the ongoing improvements 
in risk management and operational processes, 
together with a more selective approach when 
tendering for work.

The operational improvements were also evidenced in the 
Group’s positive operating cash flow for FY15 which has 
enabled the directors to recommend a final dividend.

Capital expenditure of £6.6m represents a significant 
increase in the Group’s investment programme. This 
enabled the upgrade of some of the Group’s core fabrication 
equipment and also an increase in the Group’s fleet of 
mobile plant and equipment used on its construction sites. 
This has generated operational efficiencies during the year, 
which are reflected in the improved operating margin, and 
will continue to benefit the Group in following years.

We have disposed of our non-core investment property to 
release cash for investment in new technologies.

Grow Group revenues (and the order book) in FY16, 
taking advantage of the improving market position.

Increase market share in areas where the Group 
already has specialist expertise.

Infrastructure and bridge markets – coupled with 
developing the legacy Mabey Bridge operations, we 
have a targeted approach with key UK infrastructure 
project owners to exploit identified growth 
opportunities.

Continue to review growth opportunities in the UK, 
Europe (which was deferred in FY15 by the European 
downturn) and the rest of the world.

Our aim remains to restore underlying operating 
margins to 5 to 6 per cent by the end of 2016 
reflecting the continued improvement in contract 
execution coupled with better commercial and project 
management procedures and the underlying margins 
on individual contracts secured in the order book. 
This, in accordance with the Group’s business model, 
will continue to generate surplus cash flows and 
support dividends.

We will continue to upgrade and replace existing 
equipment where appropriate, with new state-of-the-
art technology to help drive production efficiencies, 
and to expand the capital equipment base where 
there is a strong return on investment case.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Strategic element

Growth 

In the short to medium term, our aim is to capitalise on 

growth opportunities both in the UK and in overseas 

markets.

Increase UK market share – growing market share in areas 

where the business already operates.

Enter new UK market sectors – looking for new market 

areas where the business has not operated in the past, 

taking advantage of our existing capacity and capabilities.

Building from existing European opportunities – driving 

more opportunities from European contractors with whom 

we have strong relationships in the UK.

Operational excellence 

Drive operational improvements and efficiencies – the 

objective of our comprehensive operational improvement 

programme is to improve the Group’s risk assessment, 

operational and contract management processes.

Our emphasis is on delivering high quality products and 

reducing costs by driving excellence through our core 

business processes.

Invest in market-leading technology – we will make 

this investment in the short and medium term in order to 

support the Group’s ongoing requirements and for growth.

22

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Our strategy

Strategic element

Clients 

By understanding, anticipating and responding to 
client needs we aim to build secure, sustainable and 
mutually valuable relationships and create lasting client 
satisfaction.

People 

Our people are at the heart of our business and are vital 
to the success of our vision and the achievement of our 
strategic goals.

Priorities

Achievements in 2015

Objectives for 2016

Quality of service – our industry experience allows us to 
better understand our customers’ own strategic objectives 
and enables us to design, fabricate and construct structural 
steelwork solutions to support these objectives. 

Following the rebranding exercise during the year, the 

Client retention is vital to our organic growth plans 

Group is now operating under the single Severfield 

and we will continue to ensure that the customer is at 

brand. We believe that this provides improved clarity 

the centre of everything we do.

We have continued to develop our relationships with 

value-added solutions throughout the project life cycle.

We will seek to engage at an early stage with our 

clients and ultimate project owners to enhance our 

understanding of their requirements and to provide 

Develop our people – our aim is to attract and recruit the 
right person at every level and to keep them engaged so that 
we can deliver our goals and customer commitments whilst 
maintaining a safe working environment.

During the year, the following key appointments were 

We will continue to prioritise investment in our people 

for our customers, supporting an increased level of 

business and market development activity in both 

existing and adjacent markets.

key clients during the year, the benefit of which is 

evidenced in the improved order book position.

made:

•	 Gary Wintersgill, managing director (Severfield UK);

•	 Martin Kelly, Group strategic business 

development director;

•	 Lee Mills, Group SHE director;

•	 Three new non-executive directors; 

•	 Group communications manager;

•	 20 apprentices/trainees

We conducted our first Group-wide employee 

engagement survey. This has enabled us to 

identify areas in need of improvement and create 

We launched a save as you earn share scheme to 

provide our employees with an improved choice in the 

way that they participate.

We have strengthened our dedicated health and 

safety team during the year which has assisted in 

reducing the Group’s AFR.

to ensure a healthy pipeline of talent to achieve our 

strategic goals.

We will conduct a Group-wide review of emerging 

talent to ensure consistency and visibility of talent, 

succession planning and career opportunity.

We plan to extend our performance share plan to our 

wider operating company director population. This 

will support buy-in to the long-term success of the 

business and assist in management retention.

We are committed to a target of zero injuries and we 

will continue to apply the highest standards in health 

and safety across all operations in order to further 

improve the Group AFR. Further initiatives around 

Find out more about  

people on page 40

a benchmark against which we can measure progress. 

behavioural safety are also being planned.

India 

Sustainability of India – our aim is to ensure that the 
business develops a sustainable position whilst the market 
continues its conversion to steel.

We have significantly reduced joint venture losses 

We will continue to embed the operational 

during the year. This reflects improved levels of 

improvements implemented in 2015, consolidate the 

production output in the factory together with the 

management team and build relationships with key 

We continue to believe that the Indian market presents 
great opportunities for steel fabrication.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

benefits of the overhead reduction programme and 

clients.

the operational improvement plan being implemented 

by the new management team.

We aim to strike the right balance between 

commercial and industrial projects to ensure that 

We have reviewed our strategy for India in light of the 

production remains at satisfactory levels whilst we 

improved performance in 2015, resulting in a new 

continue to improve the operating margin.

strategic priority, ‘building value in India’. Our aim is 

to ensure that the business continues to grow and to 

generate value for our shareholders.

To further strengthen the India operations, we 

also consider geographically proximate export 

opportunities to support the existing order book and 

pipeline.

Find out more about  

India on page 24

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

23

Strategic element

Clients 

satisfaction.

People 

By understanding, anticipating and responding to 

client needs we aim to build secure, sustainable and 

mutually valuable relationships and create lasting client 

Our people are at the heart of our business and are vital 

to the success of our vision and the achievement of our 

strategic goals.

Priorities

Achievements in 2015

Objectives for 2016

Quality of service – our industry experience allows us to 

better understand our customers’ own strategic objectives 

and enables us to design, fabricate and construct structural 

steelwork solutions to support these objectives. 

Following the rebranding exercise during the year, the 
Group is now operating under the single Severfield 
brand. We believe that this provides improved clarity 
for our customers, supporting an increased level of 
business and market development activity in both 
existing and adjacent markets.

We have continued to develop our relationships with 
key clients during the year, the benefit of which is 
evidenced in the improved order book position.

Client retention is vital to our organic growth plans 
and we will continue to ensure that the customer is at 
the centre of everything we do.

We will seek to engage at an early stage with our 
clients and ultimate project owners to enhance our 
understanding of their requirements and to provide 
value-added solutions throughout the project life cycle.

Develop our people – our aim is to attract and recruit the 

right person at every level and to keep them engaged so that 

we can deliver our goals and customer commitments whilst 

maintaining a safe working environment.

During the year, the following key appointments were 
made:

•	 Gary Wintersgill, managing director (Severfield UK);

•	 Martin Kelly, Group strategic business 

development director;

•	 Lee Mills, Group SHE director;

•	 Three new non-executive directors; 

•	 Group communications manager;

•	 20 apprentices/trainees

We conducted our first Group-wide employee 
engagement survey. This has enabled us to 
identify areas in need of improvement and create 
a benchmark against which we can measure progress. 

We launched a save as you earn share scheme to 
provide our employees with an improved choice in the 
way that they participate.

We have strengthened our dedicated health and 
safety team during the year which has assisted in 
reducing the Group’s AFR.

We have significantly reduced joint venture losses 
during the year. This reflects improved levels of 
production output in the factory together with the 
benefits of the overhead reduction programme and 
the operational improvement plan being implemented 
by the new management team.

We have reviewed our strategy for India in light of the 
improved performance in 2015, resulting in a new 
strategic priority, ‘building value in India’. Our aim is 
to ensure that the business continues to grow and to 
generate value for our shareholders.

We will continue to prioritise investment in our people 
to ensure a healthy pipeline of talent to achieve our 
strategic goals.

We will conduct a Group-wide review of emerging 
talent to ensure consistency and visibility of talent, 
succession planning and career opportunity.

We plan to extend our performance share plan to our 
wider operating company director population. This 
will support buy-in to the long-term success of the 
business and assist in management retention.

We are committed to a target of zero injuries and we 
will continue to apply the highest standards in health 
and safety across all operations in order to further 
improve the Group AFR. Further initiatives around 
behavioural safety are also being planned.

Find out more about  
people on page 40

We will continue to embed the operational 
improvements implemented in 2015, consolidate the 
management team and build relationships with key 
clients.

We aim to strike the right balance between 
commercial and industrial projects to ensure that 
production remains at satisfactory levels whilst we 
continue to improve the operating margin.

To further strengthen the India operations, we 
also consider geographically proximate export 
opportunities to support the existing order book and 
pipeline.

Find out more about  
India on page 24

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

India 

Sustainability of India – our aim is to ensure that the 

business develops a sustainable position whilst the market 

continues its conversion to steel.

We continue to believe that the Indian market presents 

great opportunities for steel fabrication.

24

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

JSW Severfield Structures

The Group’s joint venture and operations in India 
remain important in achieving our strategy of 
generating value for our shareholders.

Picture top: JSW Barmill and Sinter Plant, Bellary.

Picture bottom: Health and safety briefing at the 
Bellary facility.

Current and future projects
The order book stands at £38m (1 June 
2015).

The demonstration of value through 
design, quality, speed, consistency and 
overall professional capability has led to 
the successful award of many prestigious 
projects from local and inward investors 
including:

•	 A prestigious office for Intel, Bangalore

•	 A mixed use development for Proplarity, 

Noida

•	 A complex office extension project for 

K. Raheja

•	 A data centre programme for Reliance 

Industries Ltd to support its 4G 
expansion programme

•	 A commercial building for Altair in 
Colombo, with Shapoorji Pallonji

•	 A manufacturing development for 

Godrej in Gujarat

•	

Industrial projects for JSW Steel Ltd, 
Doosan etc

The future
Although India is still primarily a concrete 
construction market, we are seeing 
continued progress in its conversion 
from concrete to steel and prospects are 
expected to improve over the next 6–12 
months given the Government’s plans for 
infrastructure growth and more access for 
foreign direct investment. 2015/16 is likely 
to see the mix of work in the business 
between commercial and lower margin 
industrial projects improve against a 

Overview
Performance from the Indian joint venture 
was much improved during the year 
resulting in a Group share of losses of 
£0.2m compared to £3.0m the previous year. 
The improved result reflects the benefits of 
the many changes made in response to the 
very disappointing performance in 2013/14, 
including the appointment of Derek Randall 
as managing director. In addition to Derek’s 
appointment, the senior management team 
was also strengthened with changes made 
to many key positions.

The overhead reduction programme has 
been successful with almost a 40 per cent 
reduction in costs at a time when output 
was increased by 85 per cent from 26,000 
tonnes to just over 48,000 tonnes. This, 
together with a host of other efficiency 
and market development initiatives, 
means that the business is in a much 
better position than it was 12 months ago.

The Indian business itself delivered an 
operating margin of 9.0 per cent which 
has improved confidence that it is a 
sustainable business which can support 
itself and deliver significant value to the 
Group in the medium and long term.

The quality of product and a differentiated 
and fully integrated in-house service of 
design, fabrication and site construction is 
now being valued by clients. Together with 
a best-in-class health and safety record 
which is being recognised and rewarded 
by clients, the company’s reputation is 
growing positively within the construction 
industry in India. Significantly, more 
architects, consultants, end clients and 
main contractors are appreciating the value 
of structural steel solutions delivered within 
a holistic technical and service model.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our business and strategy

25

Annual capacity

60,000

tonnes

Site area

65

acres

Order book

38

£million

•	 An INDISEC® line to produce sections 
from plate and to make cellular beams 
for steel design optimisation and 
improved floor to ceiling space. 

•	 A smaller welded beam line.

•	 Off-line facilities to manufacture 

hand-railing, stairs and other ancillary 
products.

•	 A second joint venture, JSW Structural 
Metal Decking Limited (between JSW 
Severfield Structures and SMD Asia), 
which has a metal decking floor line, 
also in Bellary.

State-of-the-art facility
•	 The facility has been designed to 

optimise product range, quality and 
productivity, as befitting the demands 
of the construction industry in India.

•	

Incorporating state-of-the-art 
technology and processing equipment, 
the facility is managed and operated 
by highly qualified, experienced and 
dedicated people.

•	 Bespoke plated products and INDISEC® 
are manufactured on-site at Bellary, 
Karnataka offering clients a range of 
benefits.

The facility currently utilises around 
35,000 square metres of covered area, 
and 52,000 square metres of logistics 
and storage area. The site is on 65 acres, 
allowing for future expansion.

relatively weak backdrop. We expect the 
stable level of performance achieved in the 
current year to continue in 2015/16.

Current operations
The facility is based in Bellary, Karnataka.

The Group and our joint venture partner JSW 
Steel remain positive that the business will 
continue to improve its performance and 
that it will grow through continued market 
penetration and overall market growth. We 
believe that the joint venture is increasingly 
well placed to deliver solid long-term growth 
for the Group.

Depending on mix, the capacity is 
approximately 60,000 tonnes per annum. 
The facility consists of:

•	 A bit shop, two fabrication lines and 
a bay to provide bespoke off-line 
heavy fabrication, tubular products, 
specialised multi-coat painting 
and further bogey line fabrication if 
required.

Locations within India

MUMBAI — Head office

BELLARY — Production plant

BANGALORE — Sales representation and
drawing/design office

DELHI — Sales representation

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

26

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Delivering quality service 

The project is part of Network Rail’s £6bn upgrade 
programme. Fifteen platforms are being demolished 
progressively and rebuilt whilst keeping a significant 
number of lines open around the works. Due to the tight 
programme and site constraints, we have developed 
and manufactured a cassette canopy system off-site 
that includes steel framed cassette structure, roof and 
cladding.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

27

27 Strategic report

Our performance

Operating review 
Financial review 
Corporate social responsibility 
Key performance indicators  
Principal risks and uncertainties 

 28 
 32 
 36 
 42 
 44

Project: London Bridge Station 
Canopies

Sector: Transport

Location: London

Tonnage: 4,030

Client: Network Rail

Main contractor: Costain

Completion: 2017

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Operating review

Ian Lawson
Chief executive officer

“ This year has seen 

good progress on all 
key fronts. ”

Read our strategy  on  
page 20

Read our KPIs on  
page 42

Read our financial review on  
page 32

We have made good progress in implementing  
and developing the new strategy introduced last 
year, particularly in respect of operating and margin 
improvements in the UK and creating a sustainable 
business in India. 

Group overview
This year has seen good progress on all key 
fronts. The UK operational improvement 
programme has contributed to an increase 
in the underlying operating margin from 3.3 
per cent to 4.5 per cent, the performance 
of the Indian joint venture has improved 
greatly with the Group’s share of losses 
reducing to £0.2m (2014: £3.0m) and 
cash flow has been good with net funds 
at year-end increasing to £6.4m (2014: 
£0.3m), even after an increase in capital 
investment to £6.6m.

Our health and safety performance 
has also improved, with the accident 
frequency rate (AFR) for our UK operations 
reducing from 0.57 to 0.33 (the Group AFR 
which includes our Indian joint venture 
was 0.21).

Our comprehensive review of the Group’s 
brand and market position undertaken 
in early 2014 has also helped deliver 
operational improvement. The rebrand 
has delivered increased brand penetration 
in our core market sectors, and has had 
a demonstrable impact on our ability 
to secure key projects and expand our 
capability. This has all helped to deliver 
solid progress with the implementation of 
the new Group strategy.

During the year, a small number of bolts 
failed on the Leadenhall building, the 
construction of which was completed 
in 2013. A programme of remedial 
works involving the replacement of 
all bolts at risk of failure is being 
undertaken in conjunction with British 
Land, Laing O’Rourke and Arup and is 
likely to continue until the end of the 
2015 calendar year. Whilst these works 

progress, discussions continue to agree 
where the liability for the costs of the 
programme should rest. The Group 
incurred costs of £1.0m relating to the 
remedial works programme during the 
financial year and estimates that its total 
costs will be in the region of £6.0m. A non-
underlying charge has been recognised for 
these costs as at 31 March 2015.

Based on the overall progress made by 
the Group over the past year, I am pleased 
that the board has agreed to recommend 
the reintroduction of a final dividend of 
0.5p per share.

UK review
As previously stated, our objective moving 
from 2014 into 2015 has been to prioritise 
continued improvement in operating 
margins, rather than revenue growth. UK 
revenue of £201.5m was lower than the 
prior year level of £231.3m, consistent 
with this strategy. The revenue reduction 
reflected a more disciplined approach to 
pricing and bidding for work, along with 
a temporary softening of demand in the 
middle of the year. Despite this reduction 
in revenue, underlying operating profit 
(before the share of results of JVs and 
associates) increased to £9.0m (2014: 
£7.6m) reflecting an increase in margin 
from 3.3 per cent to 4.5 per cent.

The UK business has had a more 
stable year structurally following the 
reorganisations in the prior year. We 
appointed Gary Wintersgill as the new 
managing director for the main business, 
Severfield (UK), in November, which 
allowed Ian Cochrane to step back into his 
chief operating officer role on a full-time 
basis. Further changes were made to 

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

29

strengthen management at all levels within 
the UK and these changes, coupled with 
the more stable organisation structure, 
allowed focus to be maintained on the 
operational improvement programme. This 
was initiated following the rights issue 
in 2013 to improve risk assessment and 
operational and contract management 
processes across the business. There has 
been real evidence of progress in all three 
of these areas during the year and this 
generates benefits on every new cycle of 
contracts which the Group undertakes. 
There continues to be scope for further 
improvement, particularly in some 
operational processes. This will help drive 
margins up to and beyond the previously 
stated target of 5 to 6 per cent and towards 
a medium-term target of 8 to 10 per cent. 
Another important step during the year 

was the recruitment of a significant 
number of staff from the infrastructure 
division of Mabey Bridge, following the 
announcement of its closure. The Group 
has existing expertise in the UK bridge 
building market and this move expands 
our capability significantly both for 
bridges and other infrastructure projects, 
and will support stronger growth in these 
areas in the coming years.

Order book and market 
conditions
The UK order book at 1 June 2015 of 
£194m has strengthened over the year 
and this provides the platform required 
to return to revenue growth in 2015/16. 
The current order book contains over 
70 live contracts which are particularly 

focused in the Group’s key market sectors 
of commercial offices, retail, stadia 
and leisure, industrial and distribution 
and transport. New contracts won 
during the year, which remain in the 
order book, include London commercial 
office developments at Principal Place 
and Angel Court, the Anfield stadium 
redevelopment for Liverpool Football Club 
and the Ordsall Chord link bridge between 
Manchester’s Victoria and Piccadilly 
stations. 

The market conditions have shown some 
improvement over the last few months 
with the pipeline of opportunities growing 
particularly in the infrastructure and 
commercial office building sectors. We 
are also seeing some clients increasingly 
recognise the importance and value of 

Case study: New Fetter Lane, London

Sector: Commercial offices
Tonnage: 1,500
Client: Great Portland Estates
Main contractor: Mace

Project overview:
12–14 New Fetter Lane is a 15-storey 
innovative office building development in 
the City of London. The building features a 
tall single-storey ground floor level which 
includes the main building entrance, retail 
accommodation and service bay, with 12 floors 
of office accommodation above. The top of 
the building, above the final floor of offices, is 
articulated with a double-stacked plant room 
which contains two levels of plant, taking the 
total building height to 60 metres above  
Fetter Lane.

The Group is providing the connection design, 
fabrication and construction of just over 1,500 
tonnes of structural steel for the project.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

30

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Business investment
This year saw a step up in our level of 
capital investment to £6.6m, following 
several years at a more restrained level 
of £2–3m. This investment was focused 
on replacing and upgrading some of the 
Group’s older fabrication equipment along 
with increasing its owned fleet of mobile 
elevated work platforms for construction 
site work. Other capital investment in  
the UK included a new canteen and  
office facility at our Dalton plant in  
North Yorkshire.

This investment in equipment will enable 
us to deliver even greater efficiency 
across the business and we see further 
opportunity to increase efficiency with our 
ongoing investment programme which we 
have set at £4-5m per year. The Group’s 
scale and resources will enable us to 
invest more readily than our competitors 
in new and emerging fabrication 
technology and continue building on our 
existing competitive advantage.

A further £1.7m of capital was invested 
in the Indian joint venture in the first 
half of the year, which was required to 
finance previous losses generated by 
the business. With the business now 
operating at close to a break-even level, 
the requirement for future support should 
be reduced although the balance of debt 
to equity in the capital structure of the 
business will be kept under constant 
review as repayments start on the existing 
term loan in 2015/16.

Operating review

efficient and consistent supply levels 
and production capabilities and this is 
leading to a more structured and rounded 
approach to procurement rather than it 
being solely price led. However, pricing 
in some areas is still competitive but our 
more disciplined approach means that we 
are bringing a clearer sense of value, risk 
and reward to our pricing decisions. 

major contribution to the success of 
the business, with 48,000 tonnes of 
fabricated steel being produced compared 
with 26,000 tonnes last year. There is 
now improved confidence amongst the 
JV partners that JSSL is a sustainable 
business which can support itself and 
deliver significant value to the Group in 
the medium to long term. 

The wider market in India is displaying two 
distinct characteristics at the moment. 
On the one hand, the initial exuberance 
following the election of the new Modi 
government last year has diminished and 
in many ways the construction market 
is relatively soft at the moment. This is 
expected to improve over the next 6–12 
months as the government’s structural 
reforms start to take effect. On the other 
hand, we are seeing continued progress 
in the conversion of the construction 
market from concrete to steel. The result 
is that we are seeing a growing number of 
enquiries for commercial projects which 
would previously have been delivered in 
concrete, when compared to industrial 
projects (which have traditionally been 
done in steel but at low margins). The year 
ahead is likely to see the mix of work in 
the business between commercial and 
industrial improve. This should mean 
another year of stable performance 
against the soft current market backdrop, 
whilst the longer-term outlook will 
continue to improve from the shift in mix 
towards more commercial work.

Projects
We have continued to deliver projects to 
our clients’ expectations. During the year 
we worked on over 110 projects covering 
many of the Group’s key market sectors. 
These included:

•	 Westfield Shopping Centre, Bradford

•	 Nova, Victoria

•	 Carrington Power Station

•	 Manchester City Football Club (the 
expansion of the Etihad Stadium)

•	 London Bridge Station Canopies

•	 New London Embassy

•	 Telehouse Data Centre

•	 Manchester Victoria Station

•	 South Bank Tower, London

•	 Fetter Lane, London

•	 Sports Direct, Shirebrook

•	 Microsoft, Amsterdam

•	 Western Approach Viaduct (WAV 

Bridge)

India
The Indian joint venture has delivered a 
much improved performance during the 
year, with the Group’s share of losses 
reducing to £0.2m from £3.0m in the prior 
year. The business delivered an operating 
margin of 9.0 per cent (2014: -18.0 per 
cent). However, it is the financing costs 
of the business’s current debt structure 
which turned an operating profit into a 
net loss of which the Group reports its 50 
per cent share. This improved operating 
performance reflects the benefits of 
all the changes made in response to 
the prior year’s very disappointing 
performance, including a significant 
reduction in overheads and an operational 
improvement programme. These changes 
also helped secure a higher volume 
of work for the factory, which made a 

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

31

“ I would like to thank 

all of our people for 
their hard work and 
commitment over the 
past 12 months and 
look forward to their 
ongoing support 
as we continue to 
build a successful 
business.”

Safety
The Group’s AFR for the year, which 
includes our Indian joint venture, was 
0.21. The current year result of 0.21 
includes an AFR of 0.33 for our UK 
operations which was a significant 
improvement on the prior year of 0.57. This 
reflects a continuation of the improving 
trend seen towards the end of the prior 
period along with some new initiatives 
launched in the current year following 
the appointment of a new Group SHE 
director in April 2014. These initiatives 
included a focus on near miss reporting, 
both in the factory and on-site, improved 
health and safety communications, 
investment in technology and training and 
site SHE visits by directors to drive visible 
leadership and reaffirm our commitment 
to a zero accident culture. The safety 
of all our employees is of paramount 
importance and continues to receive 
priority attention from both the executive 
committee and the board.

Strategy, branding and 
communication
The change in the Group’s name to 
Severfield plc and the associated 
simplification of the naming structure of 
the Group’s main operating companies 
has been well received in the marketplace. 
It is also supporting a more proactive 
communication programme to both raise 
the profile of the Group’s capabilities 
and our role in building many of the 
iconic structures around the UK. This is 
being mirrored with improved internal 
communications and, for the first time 
ever, an employee engagement survey 
was undertaken in the year. Improving 
employee engagement is vital to ensuring 
that the Group is an attractive place to 
work for both existing and potential new 
employees as we seek to develop and 
grow. During the year we launched a SAYE 
share scheme. This achieved a 28 per cent 
take-up rate which was pleasing when 
compared with more normal levels for 
these types of schemes of around 20  
per cent.

We have made good progress in starting 
to implement and develop further the new 
strategy introduced last year, as set out 
on pages 20 to 23 and elsewhere in this 
review, particularly in respect of operating 
and margin improvements in the UK and 
creating a sustainable business in India. 
We appointed a Group strategic business 
development director to ensure that we 
could continue developing the wider 
business strategy without distracting 
operational management from the 
continued improvement of the core UK 
business. 

Summary and outlook
The Group has made real progress 
in the UK and India in the year both 
operationally and financially. The quality 
of the current order book and sustained 
increase in the pipeline in the UK gives us 
the confidence to believe we can deliver 
improved revenues. We have the skills and 
capacity to deliver the expected demand 
as spend in the UK infrastructure markets 
and the power and energy sectors grows, 
alongside delivering improved margins. 

As the JV in India stabilises with improved 
market conditions, as government and 
international funding becomes more 
readily available for infrastructure and 
commercial projects, along with the 
continued move from concrete to steel, 
we believe we are well placed to take 
advantage of this growing market. The 
JV has the potential to generate real 
shareholder value from a sustainable 
business over the next few years.

Finally, I would like to thank all of 
our people for their hard work and 
commitment over the past 12 months 
and look forward to their ongoing support 
as we continue to build a successful 
business.

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer 
17 June 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

32

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Financial review

Alan Dunsmore
Group finance director

“ The board 

recommends the 
reintroduction of a 
final dividend of  
0.5p per share.”

Revenue for the year of £201.5m compared with 
£231.3m in the prior year. The reduction directly 
reflects the focus for the year being on operating 
margin recovery rather than revenue growth. 

Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items for the year of 
£8.5m (2014: £8.1m) consist of the 
following:

•	 Contract remedial costs – £6.0m  

(2014: £nil)

•	 Amortisation of acquired intangible 

assets – £2.6m (2014: £2.7m)

•	 Valuation of derivative financial 

instruments – £0.1m favourable  
(2014: £nil)

The contract remedial costs relate 
to a programme of bolt replacement 
works at the Leadenhall building, a 
contract that was completed in 2013. 
They are treated as non-underlying 
costs in accordance with the Group’s 
stated policy. This programme is being 
undertaken in conjunction with British 
Land, Laing O’Rourke and Arup and is 
likely to continue until the end of the 
calendar year. The liability of the Group 
and the other parties for the programme 
costs has not yet been determined and, 
therefore, the charge represents certain 
costs incurred at year-end, together 
with management’s best estimate of 
the remaining cost to the Group. This is 
based on the current requirements of the 
programme and before taking account 
of possible future recoveries, as these 
cannot be recognised under IFRS.

Trading performance
Revenue for the year of £201.5m 
compared with £231.3m in the prior 
year. The reduction directly reflects the 
focus for the year being on operating 
margin recovery rather than revenue 
growth. Improved tendering disciplines 
contributed to the move away from 
winning work at uneconomic rates or 
with insufficient allowance for risk. The 
benefits of this approach, alongside 
improved operational processes, are 
evident in the underlying operating profit 
(before results of JVs and associates) 
of £9.0m, an increase of £1.4m over 
the prior year level of £7.6m, reflecting 
an increased operating margin of 4.5 
per cent (2014: 3.3 per cent). Margins 
are progressing on track to achieve our 
previously stated 5 to 6 per cent target 
for the 2015/16 financial year. The share 
of results of JVs and associates was 
a loss of £0.2m (2014: £3.0m) and net 
finance costs were £0.4m (2014: £0.6m). 
Underlying profit before tax, which is 
management’s primary measure of Group 
profit, was £8.3m (2014: £4.0m). The 
statutory profit after tax, reflecting both 
underlying and non-underlying items was 
£0.1m (2014: £2.6m loss).

Share of losses of JVs  
and associates
The Group’s share of losses from its Indian 
joint venture was £0.2m (2014: £3.0m). 
This significant reduction reflects the 
measures put in place to strengthen 
management and reduce overheads, 
alongside higher volume throughput in  
the factory.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

33

Revenue
Underlying operating profit (before results of JVs and associates)
Underlying operating margin
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying basic earnings per share
Net funds
Operating profit /(loss) (before results of JVs and associates)
Profit/(loss) after tax

2015
£201.5m
£9.0m
4.5%
£8.3m
2.31p
£6.4m
£0.5m
£0.1m

2014
£231.3m
£7.6m
3.3%
£4.0m
0.88p
£0.3m
(£0.1m)
(£2.6m)

Finance costs
Net finance costs in the year were £0.4m 
(2014: £0.6m). The reduction reflects the 
Group’s move into a net funds position 
for most of the year, coupled with 
reduced bank facility costs following 
the refinancing which was completed in 
October 2014.

Taxation
The underlying tax charge of £1.4m 
represents an effective tax rate of 17.0 
per cent on the applicable profit (which 
excludes results from JVs and associates). 
This compares with an effective tax rate 
of 20.2 per cent in the prior year. The 
reduction over prior year mainly reflects 
the UK statutory corporation tax rate 
which reduced from 23 per cent to 21  
per cent on 1 April 2014.

The total tax credit for the year of £0.3m 
(2014: £1.4m) reflects the underlying tax 
charge, offset by deferred tax benefits 
arising from the amortisation of intangible 
assets in the year, together with the 
current tax credit on the contract remedial 
costs associated with the Leadenhall 
building.

Earnings per share
Underlying basic earnings per share was 
2.31p (2014: 0.88p). This calculation is 
based on the underlying profit after tax 
of £6.9m and 297,503,587 shares, being 
the weighted average number of shares in 
issue during the year.

Basic earnings per share, based on the 
statutory profit after tax, is 0.05p (2014: 
-0.89p). There was no difference between 
basic and diluted earnings per share in 
the year (2014: no difference).

Dividend
The board recommends the reintroduction 
of a final dividend of 0.5p per share 
payable on 11 September 2015 to 
shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 14 August 2015. This 
dividend is not reflected on the balance 
sheet at 31 March 2015 as it remains 
subject to shareholder approval.

During the year, the board considered 
what the dividend policy of the Group 
should be. The Group intends to follow 
a progressive dividend policy. Funding 
flexibility will be maintained to ensure 
there are sufficient cash resources 
to fund the Group’s requirements. 
Additional dividends will be paid when 
the Group’s cash generation exceeds the 
requirements of the business, and where 
its underlying financial position remains 
strong.

Revenue £000

£318,256

£266,692

£267,778

£231,312

£201,535

2010

2011

2013

2014

2015

Underlying* operating 
profit/(loss) £000

£16,204

£14,193

£8,974

£7,621

2010

2011

2013

2014

2015

(£19,218)

*   The basis for stating results on an underlying 

basis is set out on page 101.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

34

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Financial review

Balance sheet
Shareholders’ funds at 31 March 2015 
were £140.6m (2014: £143.4m). The 
reduction is primarily due to the non-
underlying Leadenhall remedial costs 
coupled with an increase in the IAS 19 
deficit on the Group’s defined benefit 
pension scheme.

Goodwill on the balance sheet is valued at 
£54.7m (2014: £54.7m) and is subject to 
an annual impairment review under IFRS. 
No impairment existed either at  
31 March 2015 or at 31 March 2014.

Other intangible assets on the balance 
sheet are valued at £7.1m (2014: £9.8m). 
This represents the net book value of 
the intangible assets identified on the 
acquisition of Fisher Engineering in 
2007, along with certain software assets. 
Amortisation of £2.7m was charged in  
the year.

The Group has property, plant and 
equipment of £76.6m (2014: £74.1m). 
Capital expenditure in the year was 
£6.6m (2014: £2.2m). This included new 
equipment for our fabrication lines in 
Dalton and Northern Ireland, additional 
equipment for use on our construction 
sites, and a new canteen and employee 
welfare facility at our Dalton factory. 
Depreciation in the year was £3.6m.

The Group’s ongoing replenishment levels 
of capital expenditure are expected to be 
£4–5m per annum.

During the year the Group sold its 
investment property in Leeds for £3.9m. 
This was acquired several years ago, had 
no relevance to the Group’s core steel 
fabrication activities and the sale price was 
within £0.1m of the property’s book value.

The Group invested a further £1.7m of 
equity in its Indian joint venture in the 
first half of the year, primarily to fund the 
historical losses of the business. With 
the joint venture now operating at close 
to break-even levels, the need for further 
equity injections to finance trading losses 
should be much reduced.

The Group has a defined benefit pension 
scheme which, although closed to new 
members, had an IAS 19 deficit of £16.5m 
(2014: £12.5m). The increase in the deficit 
is mainly as a result of the reduction in 
the assumption for corporate bond yields 
which is used to set the discount rate, 
partly offset by strong performance of 
the scheme’s assets. Notwithstanding 
this, the 2014 triennial valuation of 
the scheme was completed during the 
year and resulted in the Group’s deficit 
contributions being maintained at £1m 
per annum.

The Group is now adopting return on 
capital employed (ROCE) as an additional 
key performance indicator (KPI) to help 
ensure that its strategy and associated 
investment decisions recognise the 
underlying cost of capital of the business. 
The Group’s ROCE will be calculated 
as underlying operating profit divided 
by the average of opening and closing 
capital employed. Capital employed is 
shareholders’ equity excluding retirement 
benefit obligations (net of tax), acquired 
intangible assets and net funds. For the 
2014/15 financial year, ROCE on this basis 
was 6.1 per cent and the Group’s target is 
for ROCE to exceed 10 per cent over the 
whole economic cycle.

Cash flow
The Group finished the year with net 
funds of £6.4m (2014: £0.3m). Operating 
cash flows for the year before working 
capital movements were £6.6m. Net 
working capital, excluding the impact of 
Leadenhall remedial costs, increased by 
£1.2m during the year and represented 
8.4 per cent of revenue at the year-end. 
This is a little higher than the 5 to 7 per 
cent range within which working capital 
has stabilised over the past 18 months 
but the difference can be attributed to the 
slower than expected final settlement of 
two older contracts.

Net investment during the year was 
£3.0m, with £5.7m in capital expenditure 
and £1.7m of additional equity investment 
in India. Offsetting this was the proceeds 
of £3.9m from the sale of the Group’s 
investment property in June 2014.

The Group entered into a new banking 
facility in October 2014 with Yorkshire 
Bank (part of National Australia Bank) 
and HSBC. The new facilities are for £25m, 
with an accordion facility of a further 
£20m available at the Group’s request, 
and are available until July 2019. There are 
two key financial covenants, with net debt: 
EBITDA of <2.5x, and interest cover of >4x. 
Other terms and conditions represent a 
return to normality in comparison with 
the terms required by the banks at the 
time of the rights issue in 2013. This new 
facility provides a solid foundation for 
the Group, with supportive partners, as it 
continues to improve its core profitability 
and implement its wider strategy.

Treasury
Group treasury activities are managed 
and controlled centrally. Risks to assets 
and potential liabilities to customers, 
employees and the public continue to be 
insured. The Group maintains its low risk 
financial management policy by insuring 
all significant trade debtors.

The treasury function seeks to reduce 
the Group’s exposure to any interest rate, 
foreign exchange and other financial 
risks, to ensure that adequate, secure 
and cost-effective funding arrangements 
are maintained to finance current and 
planned future activities and to invest 
cash assets safely and profitably.

The Group continues to have some 
exposure to exchange rate fluctuations, 
currently between sterling and the euro. 
In order to maintain the projected level 
of profit budgeted on contracts, foreign 
exchange contracts are taken out to 
convert into sterling at the expected date 
of receipt.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

35

Read our operating review  on  
page 28

Read our Group financials  
on page 89

Read our Company financials on 
page 131

Going concern
In determining whether the Group’s 
annual consolidated financial statements 
can be prepared on the going concern 
basis, the directors considered all factors 
likely to affect its future development, 
performance and its financial position, 
including cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing facilities and the risks 
and uncertainties relating to its business 
activities. The following factors were 
considered as relevant:

•	 The UK order book, which is 

strengthening, and the pipeline of 
potential future orders.

•	 The Group’s operational improvement 
plan which has delivered stronger 
financial performance and is expected 
to continue doing so in the 2015/16 
financial year and beyond.

•	 The Group’s net funds position and its 
new committed bank finance facilities, 
including both the level of those 
facilities and the covenants attached 
to them.

Based on the above, and having made 
appropriate enquiries and reviewed 
medium-term cash forecasts, the 
directors consider it reasonable to 
assume that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue for the foreseeable 
future and therefore that it is appropriate 
to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial 
statements.

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director 
17 June 2015

Case study: Manchester Victoria Station

Sector: Transport
Tonnage: 1,950
Client: Network Rail
Main contractor: Morgan Sindall

Project overview:
The project involves the creation of a modern 
station environment at Manchester Victoria. 
In addition to the new-build aspects of the 
project, parts of the existing Victorian building 
are being restored and refurbished.

A key component is the replacement of the 
station roof, which allows for future expansion 
of the station. The Group is supplying and 
constructing around 1,900 tonnes of structural 
steel for the iconic new roof, with the project’s 
scope also involving the construction of a 
mezzanine floor to link the station to the 
Phones4U Arena as well as lifts and a feature 
staircase.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

36

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Corporate social responsibility

“ Safety underpins 

everything we do.”

Our commitment to corporate responsibility is  
a key element of the strategy of the Group  
and is central to how we run the business.

Overview of commitment to 
corporate social responsibility
We take our responsibilities very seriously 
and are committed to good practice in 
all our CSR activities. We work beyond 
compliance to consider how we can have a 
positive impact on communities, minimise 
risk in our operations and ensure the best 
health and safety performance standards. 
This commitment can be seen in our core 
values and mission statement which has 
been communicated through roadshows 
and toolbox talks to all our employees.

Our board takes regular account of the 
significance of social, environmental, 
ethical and health and safety matters 
to the Group. A comprehensive risk 
management and internal control process 
is in place.

With our focus on people, we are 
passionate about providing excellent 
training and skills development 
opportunities that benefit individual 
members of staff and preserve our high 
working standards. We also support 
employment in local areas by taking on 
apprentices across the Group each year, 
hiring our people locally wherever possible 
and providing opportunities for graduates 
across a number of functions including 
business support, quantity surveying, 
design engineering, site management and 
project management.

S.L.A.M. 

Stop for a moment.
L ook at your work area.
A nticipate what could go wrong.
Manage your work safely.

Do the safe thing.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

37

Safety, health and 
environment
In the current year, we introduced a 
number of initiatives aimed at improving 
the Group’s accident frequency rate 
(AFR). These included a focus on ‘near 
miss’ reporting, both in the factory and 
on site and which we incentivised using 
monetary awards and donations to local 
charities. They also included improved 
health and safety communications, 
investment in technology and training and 
site SHE visits by directors to drive visible 
leadership and reaffirm our commitment 
to a zero accident culture.

The current year AFR of 0.21 includes an 
AFR of 0.33 for our UK operations which 
also compares favourably (c40 per cent 
lower) with the previous year’s UK AFR 
of 0.57. In 2014/15 we had 12 RIDDORs 
compared to 22 in 2013/14, which is 
reflected in our improved AFR results.

We are very pleased with this 
improvement but are not complacent  
and we will continue our efforts to  
improve health and safety awareness 
across the entire Group in the coming 
year. We will continue to concentrate 
on improving our AFR performance in 
2015/16 and we believe that our focus in 
the following five key areas will deliver the 
performance we desire.

Work environment
This year we have continued our focus 
on improving the lighting levels in the 
factories to make them a better place to 
work; this work will be ongoing in 2015/16. 
This has had a positive impact on 
efficiency, greenhouse gas emissions and 
on the working environment in general.

We have improved the conditions of the 
yards in all of our factories and have 
undertaken a comprehensive review 
of welfare facilities for Severfield (UK). 
We have established a new training and 
canteen facility at Dalton which will 
substantially improve the environment 
for training and create a more convivial 
atmosphere for mealtimes and breaks for 
all of our employees.

We issued a new personal protective 
equipment (PPE) brochure and policy in 
2014/15 which focused on providing a 
better quality and standard of PPE for our 
employees and we aim to roll this out to 
our supply chain in 2015/16.

One of our safety critical areas is tool 
tethering and in 2014/15 we enhanced 
our tool tethering policy and undertook 
extensive trials of products available in 
the market to ensure that the Group was 
industry leading in this respect. Following 
this review, we entered into a new 
agreement with a UK-based company for 
all new tool tethers supplied to the Group.

During the year, we have developed and 
implemented our Seversafe® edge 
protection product, our lorry edge protection 
system and we now have our own bespoke 
fan protection systems. These systems 
comply with the Work at Height Regulations 
in terms of meeting the requirements for 
collective protection measures and our edge 
protection solution is endorsed by the Edge 
Protection Federation.

Commitment
The Group continues to maintain an 
appropriate SHE budget. We committed 
last year to improving SHE communication 
across the Group and to this end we 
have delivered SHE news bulletins this 
year and we have issued SHE posters in 
response to incidents and near misses.

We hold regular Group, factory and site 
safety leadership team (SLT) meetings 
and the Group meeting is attended by 
the CEO and COO. We use this meeting 
structure to derive, test and challenge 
our policies and to ensure we react in an 
appropriate manner to incidents and  
near misses.

For 2015/16 we are implementing 
a director tour matrix to include our 
plc directors and our chairman to 
demonstrate to our workforce and our 
clients our commitment to our safety, 
health and environmental performance.

We have undertaken 1,241 (2014: 1,159) 
man-days of training in the year. This 
includes more than 40 different courses; 
examples are: site manager safety training 
scheme, overhead crane supervision and use, 
first aid, portable magnet use, life jacket use, 
confined space and reversing vehicles.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Picture top: Secondary school children attending 
UKCG’s Open Doors event at our Lostock facility.

Picture middle: Members of our SHE team outside 
Watson House.

Picture bottom: Engaging closely with schools and 
colleges at Scarborough Engineering Week.

38

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Corporate social responsibility

We have amended our site audit and 
inspection system. We now undertake 
all on a web-based format which allows 
much better analysis of where our key 
issues lie. This allows us to focus our 
resources in the correct areas and engage 
with our workforce, supply chain and 
clients in a targeted manner.

Behaviour
We define behaviour as everything we 
say and do. This means that any culture 
change model needs to include an 
element of understanding of what drives 
these behaviours and how we generate 
positive, safe behaviours in the workplace.

We have trained all the SHE team as 
organisational coaches to ensure that 
when we interact with our stakeholders, 
we are obtaining the best outcome 
for them and for the Group in terms of 
our safety, health and environmental 
performance.

During the next year we will continue 
with our behavioural safety programme, 
starting with training the SHE team in 
cognitive behaviours and conducting a 
SHE culture survey.

Sustainability
Steel is arguably the most sustainable 
of the major structural materials. It has 
numerous sustainability benefits, such as 
low waste, flexibility, off-site manufacture, 
speed, resource efficiency, adaptability, 
demountability, long lasting appeal, 
safety, reusability and recyclability. These 
inherent characteristics result in many 
social, environmental and economic 
benefits to satisfy sustainability’s ‘triple 
bottom line’. 

Leadership
We use a variety of styles of leadership, 
from transformational with vision, 
dynamism and energy to create the 
culture we want to work within, through 
to transactional leadership to embed 
our culture using tools such as coaching, 
recognition and corrective action.

We demonstrate leadership by 
undertaking director tours, chairing 
committees, involving our senior 
management in incident investigations, 
being involved in and attending formal and 
informal training, and communications 
around safety, health, environment and 
sustainability with our workforce, clients 
and supply chain.

Engagement
We engage with our stakeholders on a 
daily basis. Key engagement behaviours 
are communication, involvement, visibility 
and support. We are continually striving 
to communicate better this year, (as 
discussed above), we have continued to 
actively involve the directors in safety, 
health, environment and sustainability 
committees and we use the audit process 
as a communication tool.

To improve engagement with our 
employees, clients and supply chain, 
we regularly attend client meetings and 
our Group SHE director liaises directly 
with the SHE teams within our client 
organisations and with the UK Contractors 
Group. With respect to our employees 
and supply chain, they are represented at 
our SLTs and committees and our visible 
leadership means that we frequently have 
workplace-based conversations with our 
employees and supply chain alike.

We audit our supply chain which provides 
assurance that our supply chain meets 
legal requirements and our own standards 
plus, where applicable, any standards 
stipulated by our clients.

Steel is a fast, safe construction material. 
Reduced time on-site means lower costs, 
quicker returns and less disruption to 
the local community. The Group’s steel is 
manufactured off-site in a safe factory 
environment and arrives on site only 
when needed. Steel has a high strength 
to weight ratio and is resource efficient. 
The fact we can erect with fewer deliveries 
means reduced emissions.

Steel’s long, clear spans mean that 
interiors can be changed with ease. 
Steel frames can readily be adapted and 
reconfigured to give old buildings a new 
lease of life. The longevity of a building is 
fundamental to its overall sustainability.

Steel structures are inherently reusable 
in full or part. An increasing number 
of buildings are being designed with 
this in mind, but reuse is an option for 
steel structures without any special 
provision. Any steel which is not reused is 
captured and recycled for further use in 
construction or elsewhere.

Steel can be recycled indefinitely without 
loss of property or performance. This is 
referred to as multicycling. It means steel 
always has a value, which guarantees 
that virtually none is ever disposed of to 
landfill. The multicycling of steel is a self-
sustaining system that predates modern 
appreciation of environmental issues and 
would continue in the unlikely event that 
they should ever lessen in importance.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

39

Greenhouse gas emissions reporting
In accordance with the Companies Act 
2006 (strategic report and directors’ 
reports) Regulations 2013, we report our 
emissions as described below.

•	 Scope 1 GHG emissions are from: 

natural gas, gas oil, propane, kerosene, 
welding gases, diesel and petrol.

•	 Scope 2 GHG emissions are from: 

electricity purchased and consumed.

Reporting boundaries
To the best of our knowledge, we have 
included all material emission sources 
which fall within the boundaries of our 
consolidated financial statements.

All direct (scope 1) and indirect (scope 
2) emissions are reported in absolute 
tonnes equivalent CO2 (CO2e). Greenhouse 
gases (‘GHG’) included are carbon dioxide, 
methane and nitrous oxide emissions 
from the combustion of fuels disclosed 
below, and carbon dioxide emissions from 
the consumption of purchased electricity.

Methodology
The Group’s GHG emissions have been 
calculated using an operational control 
approach in accordance with WRI/WBCSD 
GHG reporting protocols (revised edition) 
and emission factors from UK Government 
GHG conversion factors for company 
reporting 2013.

For the year ended 31 March 2015, the 
Group’s global GHG emissions were as 
follows:

Emissions from:
Scope 1 – combustion of fuel and operation of facilities
Scope 2 – electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased 
for own use
Total CO2e emissions
Intensity measurement:
Absolute tonnes equivalent CO2e per £m of revenue

Tonnes of CO2e

2015
5,529

6,345
11,874
2015
59

2014
6,340

6,179
12,519
2014
54

Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 2014/15 were 5 per cent lower than in 2013/14, mainly as 
a result of a significant reduction in gas oil usage. Our intensity ratio per £m of revenue 
has increased by 9 per cent this year, however our intensity ratio per factory staff 
hour has decreased by 6 per cent. The reason for this differential is because over the 
past year we have undertaken work which involves less tonnage but more fabrication 
resource.

Picture: Bridlington School visit to our Sherburn 
facility in June 2014.

Sustainability committee
During the year we established a 
sustainability committee. The committee 
approved the introduction of energy 
management systems in our Dalton facility 
and changing our lighting in all factories 
to low energy lighting which resulted in a 
significant reduction in energy usage and 
costs.

Our 2015/16 targets and objectives for the 
sustainability committee include:

•	 Carbon reduction policy and strategy

•	 Reduction in carbon intensity by 

2020/21

•	 Waste reduction and diversion of waste 

from landfill

•	 Comply with Energy Savings 
Opportunity Scheme (ESOS)

•	 Quarterly GHG reporting using shared 
database and validation of emissions

•	

Improve CDP (climate change) 
scoring including climate change risk 
assessment

•	 Measurement of construction site fuels

•	 Review of ISO 14001 EMS — 

operational control, training and audits

•	 Customer and supply chain 

engagement 

•	 Staff engagement and internal 

performance reporting 

•	 Sustainable procurement

Environmental performance
The Group maintains its environmental 
management system which is certified 
to ISO 14001. Information on our 
environmental impact is collated monthly 
and is reported to the board. This includes 
impacts such as waste, factory energy, VOC 
emissions and fuels. We met our monthly 
average VOC concentration limit targets for 
every factory in 2014/15. With respect to 
waste 89 per cent is recovered or recycled.

All our works and project sites operate 
in accordance with our sustainability 
policies. We track our sustainability 
performance on a project by project basis 
and, where required, report information to 
our clients.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

40

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Talent and succession
In order to protect the long term success 
of our business we want to ensure that 
we understand our talent pipeline and 
support their development so that our 
people can be the best that they can be. 
We would like to be an employer of choice 
for current and future talent within the 
structural steel industry and the wider 
business community.

In 2015/16 we will conduct a Group-
wide review of emerging talent to 
ensure consistency and visibility of 
talent, succession planning and career 
opportunity. Our agility in deploying talent 
and experience to maximise opportunities 
through sharing knowledge across the 
Group is a key differentiator and one 
which we will continue to develop.

We are passionate about helping young 
people take their first step onto the 
construction career ladder, from school 
leavers experiencing the world of work 
for the first time, to graduates qualified 
in disciplines relevant to the construction 
sector. We believe that the recruitment and 
training of apprentices is fundamental to 
business development; another means of 
ensuring that we have all the desired skill 
bases available in the future.

Corporate social responsibility

To better understand the factors informing 
our people’s views, we held a series of 
Staff Engagement Action Team workshops 
(SEATs) across the Group.

We will focus on these areas within 
each business unit and re-survey our 
employees against this benchmark in 
2015/16.

In 2014/15, we reviewed our occupational 
health provision and moved to a new 
provider. During 2015/16 we will monitor 
the performance of our occupational 
health provider and highlight priority 
areas for promoting the benefits of health 
to our employees.

Leadership and management 
capability
During 2014/15, we invested in building 
our leadership teams and individual 
leadership capability, ensuring that our 
leaders understand our strategy, the 
associated business challenges and 
their roles in leading and engaging their 
teams. We will continue to focus on our 
leadership development programme with 
our executive directors, directors and 
associates.

We believe that strong leadership 
capability is vital at all levels within 
any organisation, and are committed 
to building the skills and capabilities 
of our workforce and future leaders. In 
2014/15 training expenditure of c£0.3m 
was focused on health and safety and 
core technical disciplines. In 2015/16, we 
have budgeted for expenditure to increase 
to £0.5m with additional investment to 
enable a modular people management 
programme for team leaders and the 
implementation of an emerging leaders 
programme.

We will also derive additional value from 
our strategic partnerships with a number 
of universities, colleges and schools 
including Salford and Nottingham Trent 
Universities. We will explore opportunities 
for action learning, joint projects and 
secondments and at the same time 
publicise the benefits of a career within 
our industry sector.

People
We are proud of our 1,200 strong 
workforce and recognise that the long-
term success of our business depends on 
our ability to attract, retain and develop 
the best talent in the industry.

Change
In 2013/14, our people were called 
upon to embrace change and in 
particular Severfield (UK) completed 
its reorganisation, resulting in a strong, 
talented and aligned team. We continued 
to invest in our people in 2014/15, through 
the training and development of our 
existing employees and targeted external 
recruitment as necessary.

During 2014/15, we made the following 
key appointments:

•	 Gary Wintersgill, managing director 

(Severfield UK)

•	 Martin Kelly, Group strategic business 

development director

•	 Lee Mills, Group SHE director

•	 Group communications manager

•	 Three new non-executive directors 

•	 20 apprentices/trainees

We will continue to prioritise investment 
in our people to ensure a healthy pipeline 
of talent to achieve our strategic goals.

Employee engagement and  
well-being
We recognise that creating a happier 
and healthier workforce will enable us to 
deliver our ambition and we want to further 
embed this into our culture to ensure a 
sustainable future for our business.

We recognise that employee wellness 
(physical and psychological health of the 
individual) and employee engagement (the 
commitment, satisfaction, advocacy and 
pride of the employee) are at the heart of 
our business.

During the year, we conducted our first 
Group-wide employee engagement 
survey. This provided our employees with 
a platform to share their views on the 
issues that impact most on their working 
lives. This has enabled us to identify 
areas in need of improvement and create 
a benchmark against which we can 
measure progress.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

41

We have 62 apprentices within the 
Group, having taken on at least ten 
apprentices each year since our dedicated 
apprenticeship programme launched in 
2010. Among the opportunities available, 
we have provided placements for 
fabricators, maintenance engineers, steel 
erectors and business support assistants. 
We are also committed to providing 
opportunities for undergraduates via 
work placements and internships and 
graduates across a number of functions 
including business support, quantity 
surveying, design engineering, site 
management and project management.

Diversity
We believe that equal opportunity means 
hiring and retaining the best people, 
developing them to their full potential and 
using their talents and resources to the 
full. Diversity of people, skills and abilities 
is a strength which will help us to achieve 
our best. This is not only about treating 
our people with dignity and respect; it also 
makes sound business sense.

At 31 March 2015, the Group workforce 
consisted of 1,257 employees of whom 
83 (7 per cent) were female. The Group’s 
executive committee (see page 54) and 
board of directors (see page 52) did not 
have any female representation. We do not 
currently monitor ethnicity.

In 2015/16, we will implement equal 
opportunities monitoring across the Group 
at all stages of the employee life cycle in 
accordance with local legislation. We will 
also continue to work with schools and 
colleges to increase the diversity of our 
future workforce by encouraging under-
represented groups to study STEM subjects.

Communications
Maintaining a strong dialogue with 
our people can be challenging in such 
a geographically diverse Group, with 
a mix of factory, office and site-based 
employees. Our internal communications 
draw on a wide variety of media, 
including our workspace document 
sharing system, company newsletters, 
consultative groups, factory committees, 
suggestion schemes and employee 
roadshows. In 2014, the Group appointed 
a communications manager to develop 
more effective internal and external 
communication strategies.

In 2014/15, significant improvements 
were made to internal communications, 
particularly on the shop floor where new 
noticeboards were installed and regular 
project updates took place. During 
2015/16, particular focus will be given 
to interdepartmental communication to 
address developmental areas highlighted 
by the employee engagement survey.

High performance culture
We set ourselves stretching goals and 
we want our people to understand the 
key part that they play in our strategy 
and our success. We want them to 
feel accountable for their delivery and 
rewarded for their success. In light of this, 
in 2014/15 we redefined our performance 
management tools and processes.

Reward
We recognise that our approach to reward is 
critical to our ability to both attract and retain 
the best people and drive a performance 
culture. Each of our businesses offers a 
competitive reward package appropriate to 
the labour market in which they operate and 
review salaries annually in line with market 
rates. Our focus is on cash and variable pay 
rather than fixed benefits and each division’s 
reward package includes an annual Group 
profit performance-related bonus which 
encourages the achievement of our strategic 
objectives.

Over 65 per cent of our employees are 
shareholders in the Company via our 
share incentive plan and in March 2015 
we launched a save as you earn (SAYE) 
share scheme to provide our employees 
with an improved choice in the way that 
they participate.

Our people are also eligible to participate 
in a Group defined contribution 
pension scheme into which we make a 
contribution. Employees also have the 
option to make their own contributions 
through salary sacrifice. We have also 
been able to facilitate a number of flexible 
benefits that enable our people to access 
programmes and savings that would not 
be available to them on an individual 
basis without additional cost to the Group. 
These include cycle to work and childcare 
voucher schemes.

Communities
Wherever we operate, we strive to leave 
a positive legacy. During the year, our 
employees have continued to support 
both the communities in which we operate 
and our core charitable programmes.

During 2014/15 the Group companies 
have undergone a variety of activities 
including visiting local schools to discuss 
careers, providing advice for interview 
techniques and contributing time and 
funds to support different charitable 
organisations.

To inspire secondary school children 
to consider careers in construction we 
participated in the UKCG’s Open Doors 
event and over 100 children and young 
people attended the events at our Dalton 
and Lostock facilities in March 2015. 
Following this, close relationships with 
local education establishments have been 
further strengthened.

As in previous years, we also engaged 
closely with local schools and colleges for 
Scarborough Engineering Week.

The Group companies consistently work to 
spread thought leadership to employees, 
customers, suppliers and potential 
employees via various initiatives including 
seminars, industry specific exhibitions, 
site visits and events. In 2014/15 a 
presentation and factory tour for students 
from Imperial College, London was held 
at our Dalton site. We also sponsored 
the Young Designers Competition at the 
International Association for Bridge and 
Structural Engineering (IABSE) Future of 
Design Conference to encourage emerging 
new talent within the sector.

In 2014/15 Group employees have 
donated both time and effort to raise 
funds for many different charitable 
organisations, including the British Heart 
Foundation, the Yorkshire Air Ambulance, 
St Catherine’s Hospice (Scarborough), 
Bolton Hospice and the Northern Ireland 
Chest, Heart and Stroke Baby Hearts 
Appeal.

We are extremely proud of the continued 
good work undertaken by our employees 
to support and engage with their 
local communities and charitable 
organisations.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

42

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Key performance indicators

Our goal to deliver long-term shareholder value drives our strategic priorities. 
We measure our performance through a balanced set of key performance 
indicators that are both financial and non-financial. 

KPI
Underlying operating profit  
and margin

£

Our performance

£9.0m (at 4.5%)
Operating profit has increased by 18%, 
reflecting an increase in the margin 
from 3.3% to 4.5%.

Underlying basic earnings per 
share (EPS)

£

2.31p
EPS growth was 163%.

Operating cash conversion

107%*
Cash conversion exceeds the Group’s 
targets (*after adjusting for the sale of 
the Group’s investment property).

Return on capital employed 
(ROCE)

6.1%
ROCE has improved from 3.3%.

Why this is important
This is the principal measure used to assess the 
success of the Group’s UK strategy.

We are focused on driving growth in operating profit in 
order to drive higher and sustainable returns for our 
investors.

EPS is one of the key metrics in measuring shareholder 
value and a performance condition of the Group’s 
performance share plan (PSP).

The measure reflects all aspects of the income 
statement including the performance of India and the 
management of the Group’s tax rate.

Cash is critical for providing the financial resources to 
develop the Group’s business and to provide adequate 
working capital to operate smoothly.

This measures how successful we are in converting 
profit to cash through management of working capital 
and capital expenditure.

ROCE measures the return generated on the capital we 
have invested in the business and reflects our ability to 
add shareholder value over the long term.

We have an asset-intensive business model and ROCE 
reflects how productively we deploy those capital 
resources.

Order book

£194m
The order book has increased by 5% 
since November 2014.

The order book is a key part of our focus on building 
long-term recurring revenue. It is an important measure 
of our success in winning new work.

Our order book shows the total value of future revenue secured 

We aim to build a growing order book in line with our strategy.

by contractual agreements.

Whilst the revenue within the order book is reported 
externally, the margin inherent within the order book 
is monitored internally to provide visibility of future 
earnings.

Accident frequency rate (AFR)

£

0.21
The UK AFR has reduced from 0.57  
to 0.33.

This is an industry-standard measure of the safe 
operation of our business and is one of a number of 
health and safety measures the Group uses to monitor 
its activities.

Revenue growth

New for FY16
This KPI will be assessed for the first 
time during the year ending 31 March 
2016.

This is a key measure for the business to track our 
overall success in specific contract activity, our progress 
in increasing our market share and our ability to 
maintain appropriate pricing levels.

£
            Our KPIs for profitability and AFR are linked to our performance share plan and annual incentive  

arrangements to ensure that the remuneration of our directors is aligned with our strategic priorities.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

How we calculate

What we target

Underlying operating profit is defined as operating profit 

Our aim is to restore underlying operating margins to 5 to 6  

before other items and before the results of JVs and associates 

per cent in FY16 and to generate steady margin improvement in 

(principally the Indian joint venture).

FY17 and beyond.

Underlying operating margin is calculated as underlying 

In the medium term, as efficiencies and pricing offset inflation 

operating profit expressed as a percentage of revenue.

over time, we expect operating profit to grow at a faster rate than 

EPS is calculated as underlying profit after tax divided by the 

Our aim is to maximise sustainable EPS growth.

weighted average number of shares in issue during the period.

revenue.

Operating cash conversion is defined as cash flow generated 

We target a conversion rate of 85 per cent as a base level of 

from continuing operations after capital expenditure (before 

achievement, subject to future capital investment made to 

interest and tax) expressed as a percentage of underlying 

position the Group for further growth.

operating profit.

ROCE is calculated as underlying operating profit plus share of 

We aim to deliver ROCE which is in excess of 10 per cent over the 

post-tax results from JVs and associates divided by the average 

whole economic cycle.

of opening and closing capital employed.

Capital employed is defined as shareholders’ equity after 

adding back retirement benefit obligations (net of tax), acquired 

intangible assets and net funds.

AFR is equivalent to one reportable lost-time incident resulting 

We are committed to a target of zero injuries in the  

in more than three working days’ absence per 100,000 hours 

medium term. 

worked, which equates to approximately one working lifetime.

This represents the year-on-year percentage change in revenue 

To grow revenue year-on-year in line with our strategic objectives.

from Group operations as reported in the accounts. The effects of 

acquisitions and disposals will be removed from this measure.

  
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

43

They reflect our strategic priorities of growing and investing in the business 
and driving ongoing efficiencies that will lead to sustainable shareholder 
returns, supported by safe and responsible working practices.

KPI

Our performance

Why this is important

Underlying operating profit  

and margin

£9.0m (at 4.5%)

Operating profit has increased by 18%, 

This is the principal measure used to assess the 

success of the Group’s UK strategy.

reflecting an increase in the margin 

We are focused on driving growth in operating profit in 

from 3.3% to 4.5%.

order to drive higher and sustainable returns for our 

investors.

£

£

Underlying basic earnings per 

share (EPS)

2.31p

EPS growth was 163%.

How we calculate
Underlying operating profit is defined as operating profit 
before other items and before the results of JVs and associates 
(principally the Indian joint venture).

What we target
Our aim is to restore underlying operating margins to 5 to 6  
per cent in FY16 and to generate steady margin improvement in 
FY17 and beyond.

Underlying operating margin is calculated as underlying 
operating profit expressed as a percentage of revenue.

EPS is calculated as underlying profit after tax divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the period.

In the medium term, as efficiencies and pricing offset inflation 
over time, we expect operating profit to grow at a faster rate than 
revenue.
Our aim is to maximise sustainable EPS growth.

Operating cash conversion

107%*

Cash conversion exceeds the Group’s 

targets (*after adjusting for the sale of 

the Group’s investment property).

This measures how successful we are in converting 

Operating cash conversion is defined as cash flow generated 
from continuing operations after capital expenditure (before 
interest and tax) expressed as a percentage of underlying 
operating profit.

We target a conversion rate of 85 per cent as a base level of 
achievement, subject to future capital investment made to 
position the Group for further growth.

Return on capital employed 

(ROCE)

6.1%

ROCE has improved from 3.3%.

Order book

£194m

The order book has increased by 5% 

since November 2014.

The order book is a key part of our focus on building 

long-term recurring revenue. It is an important measure 

of our success in winning new work.

ROCE is calculated as underlying operating profit plus share of 
post-tax results from JVs and associates divided by the average 
of opening and closing capital employed.

Capital employed is defined as shareholders’ equity after 
adding back retirement benefit obligations (net of tax), acquired 
intangible assets and net funds.

Our order book shows the total value of future revenue secured 
by contractual agreements.

We aim to deliver ROCE which is in excess of 10 per cent over the 
whole economic cycle.

We aim to build a growing order book in line with our strategy.

Accident frequency rate (AFR)

£

The UK AFR has reduced from 0.57  

AFR is equivalent to one reportable lost-time incident resulting 
in more than three working days’ absence per 100,000 hours 
worked, which equates to approximately one working lifetime.

We are committed to a target of zero injuries in the  
medium term. 

Revenue growth

New for FY16

This KPI will be assessed for the first 

time during the year ending 31 March 

This is a key measure for the business to track our 

overall success in specific contract activity, our progress 

in increasing our market share and our ability to 

maintain appropriate pricing levels.

This represents the year-on-year percentage change in revenue 
from Group operations as reported in the accounts. The effects of 
acquisitions and disposals will be removed from this measure.

To grow revenue year-on-year in line with our strategic objectives.

0.21

to 0.33.

2016.

            Our KPIs for profitability and AFR are linked to our performance share plan and annual incentive  

arrangements to ensure that the remuneration of our directors is aligned with our strategic priorities.

EPS is one of the key metrics in measuring shareholder 

value and a performance condition of the Group’s 

performance share plan (PSP).

The measure reflects all aspects of the income 

statement including the performance of India and the 

management of the Group’s tax rate.

Cash is critical for providing the financial resources to 

develop the Group’s business and to provide adequate 

working capital to operate smoothly.

profit to cash through management of working capital 

and capital expenditure.

ROCE measures the return generated on the capital we 

have invested in the business and reflects our ability to 

add shareholder value over the long term.

We have an asset-intensive business model and ROCE 

reflects how productively we deploy those capital 

resources.

Whilst the revenue within the order book is reported 

externally, the margin inherent within the order book 

is monitored internally to provide visibility of future 

earnings.

This is an industry-standard measure of the safe 

operation of our business and is one of a number of 

health and safety measures the Group uses to monitor 

its activities.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

  
 
 
44

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Principal risks and uncertainties

Strong and effective risk management is at the heart of how the directors run 
the business and supports the achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives. 
The board believes that ongoing consideration of and regular updates to the 
risk management framework enable the effective balancing of risk and reward.

The Group’s ongoing operations and growth 
plans are subject to a number of different 
risks and uncertainties. Although we cannot 
eliminate such risks and uncertainties 
completely, we have established risk and 
internal control systems and procedures 
to mitigate their impact and the likelihood 
of them occurring. Further details of the 
Group’s risk management processes are 
set out on pages 62 and 63 of the corporate 
governance report.

We strive to ensure that risk management 
is embedded into day-to-day business 
processes and operations such that it is 
effective at all levels of the organisation; 
this ensures that potential risks 
are identified at an early stage and 
mitigations are put in place to manage 
such risks. Through the risk management 
process and communication, there is 
a robust, periodic risk review involving 
Group management and all businesses.

The board formally reviews risks and 
mitigations for the Group and each of the 
businesses on a biannual basis. The review 
focuses on identifying potential risks that 
could significantly impact the business 
and considers in detail the various impacts 
of the risks and the mitigations in place.

The board
The board has overall responsibility for the 
Group’s risk management and internal controls, 
sets the strategic objectives, defines the risk 
appetite and monitors the risk exposure.

The nomination committee 
This committee ensures that the board has the 
appropriate balance of skills and knowledge 
required to assess and address risk and that 
appropriate succession plans are in place.

The audit committee
This committee oversees the effectiveness of 
the Group’s internal control function and risk 
management systems.

The executive risk committee and 
executive committee
The executive committees are responsible 
for the identification, reporting and ongoing 
management of risks and for the stewardship 
of the risk management approach.

The businesses
Local management are responsible for the 
identification, reporting and ongoing management 
of risks in their respective businesses.

Other assurance
Independent assurance is provided by the 
independent auditor, internal auditor, and various 
external advisers. External consultants and 
advisers support management and the board 
through ad hoc consulting activities, as required.

RISK MANAGEMENT 
POLICY

Further details of 
the Group’s risk 
management policies 
and processes are set 
out on page 62 of the 
corporate governance 
report

I

K
S
R
S
S
E
N
S
U
B

I

SEVERFIELD  

SEVERFIELD

LIMITED

SEVERFIELD  

JSW 
SEVERFIELD
STRUCTURES
LIMITED

I

S
E
S
S
E
N
S
U
B
E
H
T

I

E
E
T
T
I
M
M
O
C
K
S
R
E
V
I
T
U
C
E
X
E
E
H
T

E
E
T
T
I
M
M
O
C
E
V
I
T
U
C
E
X
E
D
N
A

THE  
AUDIT  
COMMITTEE

THE  
BOARD

THE  
NOMINATION  
COMMITTEE

OTHER ASSURANCE

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

45

The board has identified the following principal risks and uncertainties which have the potential to impact the Group’s profitability 
and ability to achieve its strategic objectives.

Risk/explanation

Risk change

Description/impact

Mitigation

Commercial and market 
environment
The UK construction market shows 
continued signs of improvement, 
however some market tension remains 
as main contractors continue to work 
through legacy contracts. There is also 
still some sensitivity in predicting the 
longer-term outlook. This continues to 
place pressure on certain elements of 
the supply chain, from end customers 
through to material suppliers and 
subcontractors.

Through our different businesses we 
seek to win profitable work through 
successful tender processes. This 
success depends on our ability to identify, 
price and execute appropriate contracts 
to maintain a profitable order book.

Link to KPIs:
•	 Order book

•	 Underlying basic EPS

•	 Underlying operating profit / margin

•	 Operating cash conversion

•	 ROCE

Challenging trading 
conditions and lack of 
growth
Changes in government and client 
spending or other external factors 
could lead to programme/contract 
delays or cancellations, or changes 
in market growth.

Continued strengthening of senior 
management to improve processes 
and discipline around contract 
risk assessment, engagement and 
execution.

Recruitment of a Group strategic 
business development director to 
focus on markets and opportunities 
that fit the Group’s risk appetite.

Lower than anticipated demand 
could result in increased 
competition, tighter margins 
and the transfer of commercial, 
technical and financial risk down 
the supply chain, through more 
demanding contract terms and 
longer payment cycles.

A significant fall in construction 
activity could impact revenues, 
profits and the ability to recover 
overheads. Cash generation 
could also be impacted resulting 
in breaches of banking facilities 
or failure to deliver on strategic 
objectives.

Close engagement with both 
customers and suppliers and 
monitoring of payment cycles.

Ongoing assessment of financial 
solvency and strength of 
counterparties throughout the life 
of contracts.

Continuing use of credit insurance 
to minimise impact of customer 
failure.

Strong balance sheet, including 
refinanced banking facilities, 
supports the business through 
fluctuations in the economic 
conditions for the sector.

Inadequate contract 
pricing, cost 
management and 
variation management
Failure to accurately estimate and 
evaluate the contract risks, costs 
to complete, contract duration and 
the impact of price increases could 
result in a contract being mispriced.

As contracts progress, there are 
likely to be changes to the work 
packages being undertaken which 
could result in the Group not being 
appropriately reimbursed for the 
cost of these variations as a result 
of poor commercial controls, 
disagreements or disputes. 

Failure to achieve targeted 
profitability of contracts resulting 
in a reduction in Group margins and 
missed growth targets. The Group 
may need to resort to legal action to 
resolve disputes, which can be costly 
and may damage client relationships.

Business planning identifies the 
markets and clients that the Group 
will target.

Estimating processes are in place 
with approvals by appropriate levels 
of management.

Tender settlement processes are in 
place to give senior management 
regular visibility of major tenders.

Work performed under standard 
terms (to mitigate onerous contract 
terms) where possible.

Established system of monthly 
reviews to measure and report 
contract progress and estimated 
out-turns, including contract 
variations.

Use of delegated authorities 
to ensure appropriate contract 
tendering and acceptance.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

46

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Principal risks and uncertainties

Risk/explanation

Risk change

Description/impact

Mitigation

People
The Group has established a market-
leading position over many years due in 
large part to the experience and skills of 
its key people. The Group prides itself on 
its industry-leading practices and works 
in some high profile and technically 
challenging environments.

Link to KPIs:
•	 Order book

•	 Underlying basic EPS

•	 Underlying operating profit / margin

•	 ROCE

New

Inadequate supply chain 
management
We are heavily reliant on our supply 
chain partners for successful 
operational delivery of contracts 
to meet client expectations. We 
will be commercially, as well as 
reputationally, responsible for 
performance shortcomings by 
suppliers and subcontractors 
whether in terms of quality, safety, 
technical or ethical standards.

Insolvency or poor performance of a 
key supplier or subcontractor could 
expose the Group to liability for 
defective workmanship, materials 
or design. This may affect contract 
profitability, cash flow, reputation 
and the Group’s ability to win repeat 
business.
Recruitment and 
retention of talented 
people
In the current improving economic 
environment, it can become 
increasingly difficult to recruit 
capable people and retain key 
employees, especially those 
targeted by competitors.

Loss of key people could adversely 
impact the Group’s existing market 
position and reputation. Insufficient 
growth and development of its 
people and skillsets could restrict its 
growth ambitions both in the UK and 
overseas.

Strong relationships maintained 
with key suppliers including a 
programme of regular meetings and 
reviews.

Contingency plans developed to 
address supplier and subcontractor 
failure.

Contracts only entered into with 
suppliers and subcontractors after 
review at the appropriate level of 
delegated authority.

Monthly review process to facilitate 
early warning of issues and 
subsequent mitigation strategies.

Initiatives have been implemented 
to select supply chain partners that 
match our commitment to quality.

Remuneration policy is regularly 
reviewed to ensure that it is 
competitive and strikes the 
appropriate balance between 
short and long term rewards and 
incentives.

Skills gaps are continually identified 
and actions put in place to bridge 
these by training, development or 
external recruitment.

In 2015/16 we will conduct a Group-
wide review of emerging talent to 
ensure consistency and visibility 
of talent, succession planning and 
career opportunity.

Performance management tools 
and processes were redefined in the 
current year.

Leadership and management 
training plans are now in place.

Further investment made 
in graduate, trainee and 
apprenticeship schemes to 
safeguard an inflow of new talent.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

47

Risk/explanation

Risk change

Description/impact

Mitigation

Interruption to fabrication 
facilities
The Group’s state-of-the-art production 
facilities are at the core of its business 
and the Group relies on their smooth 
continued operation, both in terms of 
the facilities themselves and the highly 
skilled employees who operate them.

Link to KPIs:
•	 Order book

•	 Underlying basic EPS

•	 Underlying operating profit / margin

•	 Operating cash flow

•	 ROCE

Inadequate business 
continuity planning
Every business faces the potential 
risk of its operations being 
impacted by disruption due to loss 
of supply, industrial disputes, failure 
with technology, unplanned outages 
and physical damage as a result of 
fire or other such event.

Interruption could impact the 
Group’s performance on existing 
contracts, its ability to bid for future 
contracts and its reputation, thereby 
impacting its financial performance.

New

Industrial action
The Group (and the industry in 
general) has a significant number 
of employees who are members 
of trade unions. Industrial action 
taken by employees could impact on 
the ability of the Group to maintain 
effective levels of production.

Interruption could impact the 
Group’s performance on existing 
contracts, its ability to bid for future 
contracts and its reputation, thereby 
impacting its financial performance.

The Group has four main production 
facilities so interruption at one 
facility could to some extent be 
absorbed by increasing capacity at 
a sister facility.

Detailed maintenance programmes 
are in place at each of the Group’s 
facilities.

A wide network of subcontract 
fabricators is used on a recurring 
basis, both for short-term peak 
capacity requirements and for 
more specialised fabrication. This 
network could also be used to 
mitigate disruption to the Group’s 
own fabrication facilities.

Appropriate levels of business 
interruption insurance cover are 
maintained and reviewed regularly 
with the assistance of independent 
advisers and brokers.
Employee and union engagement 
takes place on a regular basis.

The Group has four main production 
facilities so interruption at one 
facility could to some extent be 
absorbed by increasing capacity at 
a sister facility.

Processes are in place to mitigate 
disruptions as a result of industrial 
action.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

48

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Principal risks and uncertainties

Risk/explanation

Risk change

Description/impact

Mitigation

Indian joint venture
The Group has invested in a joint venture 
in India, where the growth prospects are 
believed to be substantial.

Link to KPIs:
•	 Underlying basic EPS

•	 ROCE

Health and safety
The construction industry sets very 
high standards of health and safety 
which the Group aims to exceed to 
maintain the health and well-being of its 
employees.

Link to KPIs:
•	 Order book

•	 Underlying basic EPS

•	 Underlying operating profit / margin

•	 Operating cash flow

•	 ROCE

•	 Accident frequency rate (AFR)

Performance of the joint 
venture
The growth, management and 
performance of the business 
is a key element of the Group’s 
overall performance. Effective 
management of the joint venture is 
therefore important to the Group’s 
continuing success.

Crucial to the long-term success of 
the joint venture is the development 
of the market for steel (rather than 
concrete) construction.

Failure to identify, understand and 
evaluate the risks of operating in 
India could lead to financial loss, 
reputational damage and a drain 
on cash resources to fund the 
operations.
Serious health and 
safety incident
Construction activities can result 
in injury or death to employees, 
leading to the potential for 
legal proceedings, regulatory 
intervention, project delays and, 
where at fault, potential loss of 
reputation.

Loss of profitability and ultimately 
exclusion from future business.

Robust joint venture agreement.

Two members of the Group’s board 
of directors are members of the 
joint venture board.

Strong governance in place at the 
joint venture.

Regular formal and informal 
meetings held with both joint 
venture management and joint 
venture partners.

Contract risk assessment, 
engagement and execution process 
now embedded.

Overhead reduction and operational 
improvement plans being 
implemented by new management 
team.

Established safety systems, site 
visits, monitoring and reporting, and 
detailed health and safety policies 
and procedures, are in place across 
the Group.

Thorough and regular employee 
training programmes, including 
new behavioural safety training 
initiatives, under the leadership of 
the new Group SHE director.

Director-led safety leadership 
teams established to bring 
innovative solutions and to engage 
with all stakeholders to deliver 
continuous improvement in 
standards across the business and 
wider industry.

Priority board review of ongoing 
performance.

Regular reporting of and 
investigation and root cause 
analysis of accidents and near 
misses.

Achievement of challenging health 
and safety performance targets 
is a key element of management 
remuneration.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Strategic report  /  Our performance

49

Risk/explanation

Risk change

Description/impact

Mitigation

Information technology (IT)
The Group’s complex and interdependent 
IT systems support the effective and 
efficient running of the business. 
Ensuring our systems are reliable 
strengthens the day-to-day operations 
of the Group.

Link to KPIs:
•	 Underlying basic EPS

•	 Underlying operating profit / margin

•	 Operating cash flow

•	 ROCE

IT failure or disruption
With insufficient IT disaster 
recovery planning, cyber-attack or 
property damage could lead to IT 
disruption with resultant loss of 
data, loss of system functionality 
and business interruption.

The Group’s core IT systems must 
be managed effectively, to avoid 
interruptions, keep pace with new 
technologies and respond to threats 
to data and security.

Prolonged or major failure of IT 
systems could pose significant risk 
to the ability of the Group to operate 
and trade, thereby impacting its 
financial performance. If the Group 
fails to invest in its IT systems, it will 
ultimately be unable to meet the 
future needs of the business and 
fulfil its strategy.

IT is the responsibility of a central 
function which manages the 
systems across the Group. 

Significant investments in IT 
systems are subject to board 
approval.

Group IT committee now in place 
ensuring focused strategic 
development and resolution of 
issues impacting the Group’s 
technology environment.

Data protection and information 
security policies are in place 
across the Group including anti-
virus software, off-site and on-site 
backups, storage area networks, 
software maintenance agreements 
and virtualisation of the IT 
environment.

Cyber-crimes and associated IT 
risks are assessed on a continual 
basis.

ISO 27001 certification project 
is ongoing to further improve the 
Group’s technology environment.

The 2014 annual report disclosed ‘failure to mitigate onerous contract terms’ within the existing risk category ‘commercial and market 
environment’ (see table above). This item is now considered lower risk (and is classified as such in the Group risk register) as a result 
of improvements made to the Group’s legal and commercial review processes and the implementation of a more standard approach 
to client engagement.

Read about our KPIs  on page 42

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

50

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Delivering quality service

The project involves the construction of a new  
state-of-the-art waste to energy facility in Fengate  
to manage the city’s residual waste. Work undertaken 
by the Group includes the design, fabrication and 
construction of galvanised lattice columns, roof trusses 
and metal decking.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

51

51

52 
54 
56 
58 
66 
69 

72 
74 
79 
87 

Our governance

Board of directors 
Executive committee 
Chairman’s letter 
Corporate governance report 
Audit committee report 
Directors’ report 
Directors’ remuneration report 
   — Letter from the committee chairman 
   — Policy 
   — Implementation 
Directors’ responsibilities statement 

Project: Peterborough Waste to Energy

Sector: Power and energy

Location: Fengate, Peterborough

Tonnage: 780

Client: Viridor

Main contractor: Interserve

Completion: July 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
52

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Board of directors

John Dodds
Non-executive chairman

Ian Lawson
Chief executive officer

Ian Cochrane
Chief operating officer

John joined the Group as a non-executive director 
in October 2010, becoming chairman in September 
2011.

He retired in March 2010 from Kier Group plc, the 
construction and property services group, after 
serving for seven years as group chief executive. 
He worked for Kier, both in the UK and overseas, 
for nearly 40 years and held a main board position 
through the employee buy-out process in 1992 and 
the subsequent flotation of the group on the London 
Stock Exchange in 1996.

Ian joined the Group on 1 November 2013 as chief 
executive officer and was previously a main board 
director of Kier Group plc, where he enjoyed a 13-
year career.

He was appointed to the board of Kier Group plc as 
executive director in 2005 with responsibility initially 
for its services division and later he also assumed 
responsibility for the property division. Before 
joining Kier in 2000, Ian had a successful career 
at Bickerton Group plc where he was managing 
director.

John is non-executive chairman of Lagan 
Construction Holdings Limited and Sweett Group 
plc and a non-executive director of Newbury 
Racecourse plc.

Ian, who is a fellow of both The Royal Institution 
of Chartered Surveyors (FRICS) and the Chartered 
Institute of Building (FCIOB), has a wide range 
of skills and experience from working within the 
construction industry for more than 35 years.

Ian joined the Group in 2007, following the 
acquisition of Fisher Engineering. Ian worked at 
Fisher Engineering for 26 years, starting in the 
drawing office and progressing to managing director 
in October 2007.

In March 2013, Ian was appointed as Group 
operations director and subsequently, in June 2013, 
as chief operating officer.

Ian has a comprehensive understanding of all 
aspects of the business and has been involved 
in many major projects in the UK and Ireland, 
representing a range of market sectors.

Alan Dunsmore
Group finance director

Alan joined the Group in March 2010 from Smiths 
Group plc. He joined Smiths Group medical division 
in 1995, holding various positions throughout the 
business and from 2004 was director of finance for 
Smiths Detection.

Prior to joining Smiths, he was with Coopers 
and Lybrand in Glasgow, where he qualified as a 
chartered accountant in 1992.

Derek Randall
Executive director and managing director at 
JSW Severfield Structures Limited

Derek was appointed as executive director for 
business development in May 2008. In December 
2013 he was appointed as managing director of 
JSW Severfield Structures Limited (JSSL), our joint 
venture in India.

Before joining the Group, most of Derek’s career 
was with Corus Group (now Tata Steel) where his 
last position was as commercial director of the long 
products division.

Derek has held a number of international board 
positions with Corus and served on the executive 
council of the Steel Construction Institute.

Kevin Whiteman
Senior independent director

Kevin was appointed as a non-executive director on 
19 July 2014 and is the senior independent director.

A chartered engineer, Kevin was chief executive of 
Kelda Group and Yorkshire Water for a period of 
eight years. Kevin was non-executive chairman of 
both companies from 2010 to March 2015.

In 2013 he became chairman of the privately owned 
NG Bailey. Kevin was previously chief executive officer 
for the National Rivers Authority, regional director 
of the Environment Agency, and has held a number 
of senior positions within British Coal. He was also 
chairman for Wales and West Gas Networks (UK) 
Limited, and has been a trustee for WaterAid UK.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

53

Tony Osbaldiston
Non-executive director

Alun Griffiths
Non-executive director

Chris Holt
Non-executive director

Tony was appointed as a non-executive director 
on 19 July 2014 and is chairman of the audit 
committee.

Alun was appointed to the board as a non-executive 
director on 1 May 2014 and is chairman of the 
remuneration committee.

A chartered accountant having qualified with PwC, 
Tony was previously finance director of Max Factor 
UK, Volvo Cars UK, Raymarine plc and FirstGroup plc. 
He was also deputy group chief executive officer and 
chief executive officer of FirstGroup America.

Tony has been a non-executive director and 
chairman of the audit committee of BSS Group plc, 
and chairman of the remuneration committee of 
Synstar International plc. He is currently chairman 
of Encon, the insulation and building products 
distributor, and also non-executive director and 
chairman of the audit and risk committee of the 
Serious Fraud Office.

Alun was previously Group HR director and board 
member at WS Atkins plc, where he enjoyed a 
28-year career, having held a number of business 
management and corporate positions. He is a 
fellow of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and 
Development.

Alun is also a non-executive director of the Port of 
London Authority, the McLean Partnership Limited, 
Ramboll Group and ISG plc.

Chris joined the Group as a non-executive director in 
November 2011.

He retired in September 2010 from MJ Gleeson 
Group plc after serving two years as chief executive 
officer, prior to which he held the position of group 
finance director.

Chris’s experience also includes 17 years with Foster 
Wheeler Limited as finance director and deputy 
chairman of the UK subsidiary company and 12 
years with Bechtel Corporation.

Chris is a graduate of Leeds University, a qualified 
accountant and has an MBA from Golden Gate 
University, San Francisco.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

54

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Executive committee

333

666

222

555

101010

777

888

444

999

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

55

The following people also regularly 
attend executive committee meetings:

999 Sian Evans
Group HR director

Sian joined the Group in January 2013.

Her career in human resources started at William 
Morrison Supermarkets in 1990 and covered a 
wide range of industry sectors including Ciba 
Speciality Chemicals, Redcats UK and Callcredit 
Information Group where she held the position of 
group HR director.

She is a fellow of the Chartered Institute of 
Personnel and Development.

101010 Lee Mills
Group SHE director

Lee joined the Group in April 2014 from Stewart 
Milne where he was SHE and quality director, 
which also involved providing consultancy 
services to the National House Building Council.

Lee has 17 years of experience in the construction 
sector having previously held responsible 
positions within several major construction 
companies, including Alfred McAlpine.

666 Brian Keys
Managing director, Severfield (NI)

Brian joined Severfield (NI), formerly Fisher 
Engineering, as production manager in 1986. 
In 2007, prior to the acquisition of Fisher 
Engineering by the Group, Brian became 
production director, a role which he performed 
until his appointment as managing director in 
March 2013.

Brian has been involved in the successful delivery 
of many major projects throughout Ireland and 
the UK during his 27-year career with the Group 
and Severfield (NI).

777 Mark Sanderson
Group legal director and  
Company secretary

Mark joined the Group in September 2013.

His previous role was as group legal director 
for the utility specialist Enterprise plc, until its 
acquisition by Ferrovial in April 2013. He also 
worked in private practice as a projects partner, 
most recently at Walker Morris and prior to that 
Pinsent Masons.

Mark has over 20 years of experience in the 
construction and engineering sector.

888 Martin Kelly
Group strategic business  
development director

Martin, who is a chartered accountant, joined 
the Group in October 2014 from KPMG where 
he was a director. He enjoyed a 16-year career 
with KPMG, more recently working as a sector 
specialist in the firm’s advisory department.

Martin also spent two years working with Arup 
and ten years as a quantity surveyor which, 
together with his work at KPMG, provides 
him with a comprehensive perspective of the 
construction industry.

Ian Lawson
Chief executive officer

For details see board of directors on page 52.

222 Ian Cochrane
Chief operating officer

For details see board of directors on page 52.

333 Alan Dunsmore
Group finance director

For details see board of directors on page 52.

Derek Randall
Executive director and managing director 
at JSW Severfield Structures

For details see board of directors on page 52.

444 Gary Wintersgill
Managing director, Severfield (UK)

Gary joined the Group in November 2014, from 
Kier Group plc, where he was managing director 
of Kier northern operations.

As a fellow of the Institution of Civil Engineers 
(ICE), Gary has over 20 years of broad experience 
within the construction industry. He acts as a 
supervising civil engineer for the ICE and is also 
deputy chairman of the Construction Council for 
Manchester, whose focus is on recruitment of 
apprentices into the industry.

555 Jim Martindale
Managing director, Severfield  
(Design & Build)

Jim joined Severfield (Design & Build), formerly 
Atlas Ward Structures, in 1994 as a design 
engineer. He previously held the positions of 
engineering manager, design director and deputy 
managing director, a role that he performed until 
his current appointment in January 2014.

Jim has been involved in the successful delivery 
of many major projects throughout the UK during 
his 20-year career with Atlas Ward (which was 
acquired by the Group in 2005). He is also an 
associate member of the Institution of Structural 
Engineers.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

56

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Chairman’s letter

John Dodds
Chairman

“ We continue to focus 

on ensuring that the 
views presented in 
the annual report 
are fair, balanced 
and understandable 
and provide the 
information necessary 
for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s 
performance, 
business model and 
strategy.”

We are committed to maintaining high standards  
of corporate governance to enhance performance 
and for the protection of our shareholders. 

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to introduce the Group’s 
corporate governance report on behalf of 
our board of directors (‘the board’). We are 
committed to maintaining high standards 
of corporate governance to enhance 
performance and for the protection 
of our shareholders. At Severfield, 
good governance involves establishing 
appropriate policies, procedures and 
guidelines to ensure that the Group’s 
businesses are managed effectively 
resulting in the delivery of long-term 
shareholder value.

Our corporate governance report is set 
out on pages 58 to 65 and explains how 
we manage the Group and comply with 
the provisions of the 2012 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’). Whilst 
currently subject to the provisions of the 
Code applicable to smaller companies, we 
seek, where appropriate, to follow those 
applicable to FTSE 350 companies.

Leadership and effectiveness
It is of great importance to me, as 
chairman, to ensure that the board has 
the right composition. This means having 
the right balance of skills and experience 
to contribute, and where appropriate 
challenge, decision making and ensuring 
that all directors have a good knowledge 
of the Group and the context in which 
it operates. There have been a number 
of changes to the board since the 2014 
year-end.

During the year, Kevin Whiteman, Tony 
Osbaldiston and Alun Griffiths all joined 
the board as non-executive directors. 
Kevin has assumed the responsibilities 
of senior independent non-executive 
director, Tony was appointed as the 
chairman of the audit committee and 
Alun has become the chairman of the 
remuneration committee. In combination, 
they bring to the board a wealth of 
relevant experience.

In addition to these appointments, 
we have continued to strengthen our 
management team to drive forward the 
continued implementation of our strategy. 
In particular, the senior management 
team has been strengthened with the 
appointment of Lee Mills as Group SHE 
director in April 2014, Martin Kelly as 
Group strategic business development 
director in October 2014 and Gary 
Wintersgill as managing director of our 
largest business, Severfield (UK) Limited, 
in November 2014. The appointment of 
Gary has allowed Ian Cochrane to fully 
concentrate on his responsibilities as 
chief operating officer, having previously 
also acted as managing director of 
Severfield (UK) Limited.

Board evaluation
In line with corporate governance best 
practice, during the year an internal board 
evaluation was undertaken. Following this 
review, I am satisfied that the board and 
each of its committees are performing 
effectively and that each of the directors 
is making an effective contribution and 
retains a strong commitment to their role. 
A further evaluation of the board will be 
undertaken during the year ending  
31 March 2016.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

57

Read the remuneration report  
on page 72

Read the audit committee report 
on page 66

Relationships with 
shareholders
We continue to remain committed 
to sharing information with our 
shareholders. The Group actively solicits 
feedback from investors and feedback 
from shareholder meetings is reported 
to the board, including the non-executive 
directors. The AGM is recognised as an 
opportunity for private shareholders to 
engage with the board. Further details 
regarding this engagement with our 
shareholders are set out in the board 
effectiveness section on page 61.

Finally, in line with the requirements 
of the Code, we continue to focus on 
ensuring that the views presented in 
the annual report are fair, balanced 
and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy. Further details can 
be found in the audit committee report on 
page 66. 

John Dodds 
Non-executive chairman 
17 June 2015

Audit tender
During the year, the board authorised the 
audit committee to review the provision 
of audit services to the Group. Following 
a rigorous tender process, the audit 
committee recommended to the board 
that KPMG LLP be appointed as auditor 
for the financial year commencing on  
1 April 2015 and a resolution confirming 
this appointment will be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM. Deloitte LLP will resign 
as auditor following completion of the 
audit for the year ended 31 March 2015.

Remuneration
The remuneration policy, subject to a 
binding vote for the first time in 2014, was 
approved by shareholders at the AGM in 
September. We remain committed to the 
principles and alignment of the policy to 
shareholder value, and are not proposing 
any significant changes for the current 
year. Further details of our remuneration 
policy are set out in the remuneration 
report on pages 72 to 86.

Group policies
During the year, we rolled out a 
comprehensive competition law policy 
and anti-bribery policy to all Group 
employees who deal with customers 
and suppliers. In tandem with the 
updated whistleblowing policy which 
was also rolled out during the year, this 
underscores the importance of ethics 
and values to the board, and ensures that 
these ethics and values continue to be 
firmly embedded across the Group.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

58

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Corporate governance report

The corporate governance report 
is intended to give shareholders an 
understanding of the Company’s 
corporate governance arrangements and 
how they have operated during the year 
ended 31 March 2015.

The Company has, throughout the 
year ended 31 March 2015, complied 
without exception with the provisions 
of the September 2012 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’), which is  
the version of the Code which applies  
to its 2015 financial year. The Code is 
issued by the Financial Reporting  
Council and is available for review on the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website 
(www.frc.org.uk).

LEADERSHIP
Structure of the board
The Company is controlled through the 
board of directors, which consists of 
the chairman, four other non-executive 
directors and four executive directors. 
The membership of the board is stated on 
pages 52 and 53.

Alun Griffiths was appointed as a non-
executive director on 1 May 2014. Kevin 
Whiteman and Tony Osbaldiston were 
appointed as non-executive directors 
from 19 July 2014. Keith Elliott and 
Toby Hayward retired as non-executive 
directors on 18 July 2014.

Ian Lawson has board level responsibility 
for corporate and social responsibility and 
employment matters; Ian Cochrane has 
board level responsibility for health and 
safety matters.

Role of the chairman, chief 
executive officer and senior 
independent director
The board has agreed a clear division of 
responsibility between the chairman and 
chief executive officer and their roles and 
responsibilities are clearly established 
and set out in writing.

The chairman, John Dodds, is mainly 
responsible for managing the business of 
the board, evaluating its performance and 
setting the agenda for board meetings to 
ensure that adequate time is allocated 
to the discussion of all agenda items, 
facilitating the effective contribution 
of all directors. The chairman acts as 
an ambassador for the Company and 
provides effective communication 
between the board and its shareholders.

As the senior executive of the Company, 
Ian Lawson is responsible to the chairman 
and the board for directing and prioritising 
the profitable operation and development 
of the Group. The chief executive officer 
is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the operational activities 
of the Group, assessing and implementing 
strategy and implementing the board’s 
decisions.

The chief executive officer chairs an 
executive committee consisting of the 
members indicated on pages 54 and 55. 
This committee assists the main board 
by focusing on strategic and operational 
performance matters relating to the 
business and meets formally on a monthly 
basis. He also, together with the Group 
finance director and chief operating 
officer, holds quarterly meetings with each 
of the three business unit boards to review 
all operational issues and meets with 
an executive risk committee comprising 
himself, the Group finance director, chief 
operating officer and the Group legal 
director on a weekly basis to discuss any 
key issues affecting the business.

In addition, he chairs a safety leadership 
team (‘SLT’) and a Group human resources 
(‘GHR’) meeting once a month, both of 
which consist of certain other members 
of the executive management team and 
business unit managing directors.

Keith Elliott acted as senior independent 
non-executive director until his retirement 
on 18 July 2014 and was succeeded by 
Kevin Whiteman from 19 July 2014. The 
role of the senior independent director 
is to provide a sounding board for the 
chairman and to serve as an alternative 
source of advice to the chairman for the 
other non-executive directors.

The senior independent director is 
available to shareholders if they request 
a meeting or have concerns which 
contact through the normal channels 
has failed to resolve, or where such 
contact is inappropriate. He also leads 
the performance review of the chairman, 
taking into account the views of the 
executive directors.

Independence
All of the non-executive directors 
are considered by the board to be 
independent in character and judgement 
and no cross-directorships exist between 
any of the directors.

No director had any material interest 
in any contract of significance with the 
Group during the period under review. The 
directors have put in place procedures 
to ensure the board collectively, and the 
directors individually, comply with the 
disclosure requirements on conflicts of 
interest set out in the Companies Act 
2006. The interests of the directors in 
the share capital of the Company and 
its subsidiary undertakings and their 
interests under the performance share 
plan and other share schemes are set out 
in the remuneration report on page 72.

Directors to stand for election
The Company’s articles of association 
require the directors to offer themselves 
for re-election at least once every three 
years. Notwithstanding this, and in 
accordance with the recommendations 
of the Code, the Company’s policy is that 
all of the directors retire at each AGM 
and may offer themselves for re-election 
by shareholders. Accordingly, all of the 
existing directors whose biographies 
are set out on pages 52 and 53 will be 
standing for re-election at the 2015 AGM.

The board is satisfied that the 
performance of all of the remaining 
non-executive directors continues to be 
effective and that they continue to show 
commitment to their respective roles. 
Non-executive directors are not appointed 
for a fixed term. The terms and conditions 
of appointment of non-executive directors 
will be available for inspection at the AGM.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

59

Board meetings
The directors’ attendance record at the scheduled board meetings and board committee 
meetings for the year ended 31 March 2015 is shown in the table below.

Total number of meetings
Executive directors
Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
Non-executive directors
John Dodds1
Chris Holt
Alun Griffiths4
(from 1 May 2014)
Tony Osbaldiston4
(from 19 July 2014)
Kevin Whiteman2
(from 19 July 2014)
Keith Elliott3 
(until 18 July 2014)
Toby Hayward 
(until 18 July 2014)

Board 

11

11/11
11/11
11/11
11/11

10/11
11/11

10/10

8/8

7/8

1/3

3/3

Audit 
committee

Remuneration 
committee

Nomination 
committee

4

—
—
—
—

4/4
4/4

4/4

3/3

3/3

0/1

1/1

5

—
—
—
—

4/5
5/5

4/4

3/3

3/3

2/2

2/2

3

—
—
—
—

3/3
3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

—

—

1.  John Dodds was unable to attend one board meeting due to illness. The meeting was chaired by Kevin 

Whiteman in his absence.

2.  Kevin Whiteman was unable to attend one board meeting due to a conflicting commitment which was 

disclosed to the Company on his appointment in July 2014.

3.  Keith Elliott was unable to attend two board meetings and one audit committee meeting due to 

conflicting commitments that had previously been agreed with the chairman.

4.  Alun Griffiths and Tony Osbaldiston attended all required meetings during their tenure as non-

executive directors.

Board meetings are held at various locations in London, the Group’s head office in 
Dalton, North Yorkshire and at the offices of the Group’s other operating subsidiaries 
to provide non-executive directors the opportunity to increase their knowledge and 
understanding of the Group’s operations. In addition to scheduled meetings, ad hoc 
meetings were also arranged to deal with other Group matters as appropriate.

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS 
Operation of the board
The board is responsible for providing 
effective leadership to the Group to 
create and deliver long-term shareholder 
value. This includes setting the strategic 
direction of the Group, reviewing all 
significant aspects of the Group’s 
activities, overseeing the executive 
management and reviewing the overall 
system of internal control and risk 
management. The board has a formal 
schedule of matters reserved for it. It is 
responsible for overall Group strategy, 
acquisition and divestment policy, 
approval of major capital expenditure 
projects and consideration of significant 
financing matters. It monitors the 
exposure to key business risks including 
environmental and health and safety 
issues. It reviews the Group’s strategic 
direction, codes of conduct, annual 
budgets, progress towards achievement 
of those budgets, significant capital 
expenditure programmes and the annual 
and half year results.

The board also considers employee issues 
and key appointments. It also ensures 
that all directors receive appropriate 
training on appointment and then 
subsequently as appropriate. Other 
specific responsibilities are delegated to 
the board’s committees described below.

The chairman, together with the 
Company secretary, ensures that the 
directors receive clear information on 
all relevant matters in a timely manner. 
Board papers are circulated sufficiently 
in advance of meetings for them to be 
thoroughly digested to ensure clarity 
of informed debate. The board papers 
contain the chief executive officer’s 
written report, the Group finance 
director’s and chief operating officer’s 
written reports, high level papers on 
each business area, key metrics and 
specific papers relating to agenda items. 
The board papers are accompanied by a 
management information pack containing 
detailed financial and other supporting 
information. The board receives 
occasional ad hoc papers on matters of 
particular relevance or importance. The 
board also receives presentations from 
various business units.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

60

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Corporate governance report

Board calendar for the current year
During the financial year the board discussed and implemented the following key actions:

2014

April 2014
•	 Approved change of name to 
Severfield plc (final approval 
granted at May EGM)

July 2014
•	 Presentation by Group SHE 

director

•	 Reviewed proposal for process of 
refinancing the Group’s revolving 
credit facility

•	 Approved revised board committee 

terms of reference

•	 Strategy presentation by chief 

executive officer

September 2014
•	 External presentation on market 
conditions and views by Jefferies, 
the Group’s brokers

•	 Approved refinancing of the 

Group’s revolving credit facility 
with HSBC and Yorkshire Bank
•	 Approved updated anti-bribery 
policy and competition law 
compliance policy

•	 Reviewed annual statements of 
compliance from directors

October/November 2014
•	 Reviewed and approved half 

year results, including unaudited 
results announcement
•	 Reviewed results of staff 
engagement survey

February 2015
•	 Approved appointment of KPMG as 
external auditor for the 2016 year-
end subject to shareholder approval 
at 2015 AGM

•	 Agreed scope and content of 

board and chairman performance 
evaluation

Early June 2014
•	 Reviewed and approved annual 
results, including unaudited 
preliminary announcement

•	 Approved sale of Leeds 27 Limited 

investment property

Late June 2014
•	 Board meeting held at Lostock 
facilities including site tour and 
management presentations
•	 Reviewed and approved annual 

report and accounts

•	 Reviewed full year results investor 

feedback from roadshows

August 2014
•	 Approved revised conflicts of 

interest policy and whistleblowing 
policy

•	 Approved revised year-end reporting 
timetable incorporating an audited 
year-end results announcement and 
completion of the annual report by 
mid-June

•	 Adopted electronic board books 
software to streamline board 
reporting

•	 Board feedback on strategy review

2015

January 2015
•	 Adopted sharesave (SAYE) scheme 

for all employees

•	 Reviewed interim results investor 

feedback from roadshows

March 2015
•	 Reviewed and approved the 
Group’s 2016 annual budget
•	 Presentation by Group HR director
•	 Approved dividend policy wording
•	 Approved 2015 sharesave (SAYE) 

awards

•	 Reviewed results of board and 

chairman performance evaluation

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Board evaluation
The board considers that the balance 
of relevant experience amongst the 
various board members enables the 
board to exercise effective leadership 
and control of the Group. It also ensures 
that the decision making process cannot 
be dominated by any individual or small 
group of individuals.

The Code attaches importance to boards 
having processes for individual and 
collective performance evaluation. The 
performance of individual directors is 
evaluated annually in conjunction with the 
remuneration review. The chairman meets 
with the non-executive directors at least 
annually to review their performance.

During the year, the board appointed Kevin 
Whiteman, the new senior independent 
director, to undertake a formal evaluation 
of board effectiveness. This process was 
undertaken using a questionnaire which 
was completed by all members of the 
board and focused on the performance of 
the chairman and overall cohesiveness 
of the board. The key points arising from 
the evaluation were documented and 
discussed with the chairman.

A further evaluation of the board will be 
undertaken during the year ending  
31 March 2016.

Professional development
Appropriate training and briefing is 
provided to all directors on appointment 
to the board, taking into account their 
individual qualifications and experience. 
This is supplemented with visits to the 
Group’s operations and meetings with 
senior business unit management to 
develop the directors’ understanding of 
the business. During the year, the new 
non-executive directors, Kevin Whiteman, 
Tony Osbaldiston and Alun Griffiths, 
undertook the following briefings:

•	 had individual meetings with the 

executive directors and the Company 
secretary;

•	 met with the business unit boards and 

senior management teams;

•	 visited the Group’s fabrication facilities; 

and

•	 met with the audit partner from 

Deloitte LLP.

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

61

Training and updating in relation to the 
business of the Group and the legal and 
regulatory responsibilities of directors 
was provided throughout the year by 
a variety of means to board members 
including presentations by executives, 
visits to business operations and 
circulation of briefing materials. Individual 
directors are also expected to take 
responsibility for identifying their training 
needs and to ensure they are adequately 
informed about the Group and their 
responsibilities as a director.

Non-executive directors are continually 
updated on the Group’s business, its 
markets, social responsibility matters, 
changes to the legal and governance 
environment and other changes impacting 
the Group. During the year, the directors 
received updates on various best practice, 
regulatory and legislative developments, 
including imminent changes to the 
UK Corporate Governance Code which 
introduces two new board statements 
for the year ending 31 March 2016 
(robust assessment of principal risks 
and longer-term viability statement) 
and a requirement for monitoring of risk 
management and internal controls.

All directors have access to the advice 
and services of the Group legal director 
and Company secretary who ensures 
that board processes are followed and 
good corporate governance standards 
are maintained. Any director who 
considers it necessary or appropriate 
may take independent professional 
advice in furtherance of their duties at the 
Company’s expense. No directors sought 
such advice in the year.

The board is confident that all its 
members have the knowledge, ability 
and experience to perform the functions 
required of a director of a listed company.

Relations with shareholders
The Company encourages two-way 
communication with both its institutional 
and private investors and attempts to 
respond quickly to all queries received 
verbally or in writing.

The executive directors undertake a 
programme of regular communication 
with institutional shareholders and with 
analysts covering the Group’s activities, 
its performance and strategy. Ian Lawson 
and Alan Dunsmore attended several 
meetings with institutional shareholders, 
private investors and analysts during the 
year, at the time of the announcements of 
the Group’s annual and half year results, 
during visits to the Group’s head office in 
North Yorkshire and on an ad hoc basis 
as required. In addition, capital markets 
events took place on 25 April 2014 and  
24 March 2015, both attended by between 
20 and 30 analysts and investors. 
Feedback from those meetings was 
reported to the board, including the non-
executive directors.

The board has sought to use the AGM 
to communicate with private investors 
and encourages their participation. The 
notice of the AGM, detailing all proposed 
resolutions, is posted to shareholders 
at least 20 workings days before the 
meeting. 

BOARD COMMITTEES
The board has established three standing 
committees, all of which operate within 
defined terms of reference, which are 
available from the Company secretary 
by request and will be available for 
inspection at the AGM.

The committees established are the audit 
committee, the remuneration committee 
and the nominations committee. Trading 
companies are managed by separate 
boards of directors. Any matters of a 
material nature concerning the trading 
companies are reported to the board on a 
monthly basis.

Audit committee
The audit committee comprises the 
non-executive directors and is chaired 
by Tony Osbaldiston (who took up that 
position on 19 July 2014). Toby Hayward 
served as chairman of the committee 
from 1 April 2014 to 18 July 2014. The 
committee members have been selected 
to provide the wide range of financial and 
commercial expertise necessary to fulfil 
the committee’s duties; Tony Osbaldiston 
and Chris Holt are chartered accountants.

On invitation, the chief executive officer, 
Group finance director, other executive 
directors, executive committee members, 
senior management and the internal 
and external auditors attend meetings to 
assist the committee in fulfilling its duties.

Meetings are held at least three times per 
annum and additional meetings may be 
requested by the auditor. The committee 
met on four occasions during the year.

The audit committee report is set out on 
pages 66 to 68.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

62

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Corporate governance report

Remuneration committee
The remuneration committee comprises 
the non-executive directors and is chaired 
by Alun Griffiths (who took up that 
position on 19 July 2014). Keith Elliott 
served as chairman of the committee from 
1 April 2014 to 18 July 2014.

This committee, which meets at least 
three times per year, is responsible for 
making recommendations to the board 
concerning the compensation of senior 
executives. It also determines, within the 
agreed terms of reference, the specific 
remuneration packages for each of the 
executive directors and the chairman, 
as well as the level and structure of 
remuneration for senior management. 
New Bridge Street (NBS) (an AON Hewitt 
Company) is appointed as the Group’s 
remuneration consultant. NBS is a 
member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and complies with its code of 
conduct. NBS has no other connection 
with the Company.

The committee met on five occasions 
during the year.

Shareholders are required to approve 
all new long-term incentive plans and 
significant changes to existing plans. 
Further details of these plans, as well 
as the activities undertaken by the 
committee during the year, can be found in 
the directors’ remuneration report as set 
out on pages 72 to 86.

Nominations committee
The nominations committee comprises 
the non-executive directors and is chaired 
by John Dodds.

The principal task of the committee is to 
deal with key appointments to the board, 
and related employment matters. The 
committee is responsible for proposing 
candidates for appointment to the 
board, having regard to the balance and 
structure of the board, and meets as and 
when required.

The committee met on three occasions 
during the year. 

Diversity
We recognise the importance of diversity 
in board effectiveness and remain 
committed to ensuring that appointments 
are ultimately made on merit and against 
agreed selection criteria.

We support the Davies report’s aspiration 
to promote greater female representation 
on listed company boards. The Group, 
however, does not believe in the concept 
of gender quotas, our preferred approach 
being much more directed at merit, 
experience and skill. 

In the sectors in which the Group operates 
female representation at a senior level is 
rare and as at 31 March 2015, the board 
had no female directors. As and when 
board appointments arise, and where 
practicable, we will look to follow the 
procedures recommended by the Davies 
report and by the Code to maintain a 
balanced board. 

The Group’s policy on diversity applies 
across all levels of the organisation, not 
just the board, further details of which 
can be found in the corporate social 
responsibility report on page 41. The 
board recognises that gender diversity 
below board level remains an issue, 
particularly in management and technical 
roles within the construction industry.

Succession planning
The nominations committee ensures the 
continued effectiveness of the board 
through appropriate succession planning. 
This worked effectively last year when 
three new non-executive directors were 
recruited to the board. As a result the 
board now consists of nine directors, only 
four of whom have been directors of the 
Company for more than two years. More 
work will be done in the next 12 months 
to formalise the process of ongoing 
succession planning.

ACCOUNTABILITY
Risk management
The board has overall responsibility 
for the Group’s risk management and 
systems of internal control. The board is 
responsible for determining the nature 
and extent of the significant risks it is 
willing to take in achieving its strategic 
objectives. An ongoing process has been 
established for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the significant risks faced 
by the Group. A Group assurance map is 
used to co-ordinate the various assurance 
providers within the Group.

Management has continued to develop 
and improve the approach to risk 
management during the course of the 
year in response to changes in the 
business and operating environment and 
to further embed risk management into 
the Group’s governance structure and 
operating processes. Senior management 
from all key disciplines and businesses 
within the Group continues to be involved 
in the process of risk assessment and 
monitoring in order to identify and 
assess Group objectives, key issues and 
controls. Further reviews are performed to 
identify and monitor those risks relevant 
to the Group as a whole. This process 
encompasses all aspects of risk, including 
operational, compliance, financial and 
strategic.

Identified risk events, their causes and 
possible consequences are recorded 
in risk registers. Their likelihood and 
potential business impact and the control 
systems that are in place to manage them 
are analysed and, if required, additional 
actions are developed and put in place to 
mitigate or eliminate unwanted exposures. 
Individuals are allocated responsibility 
for evaluating and managing these risks 
within an agreed timetable.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

63

Internal control
The overall responsibility for the Group’s 
systems of internal control and for 
reviewing their effectiveness rests with 
the board. There are inherent limitations 
in any system of internal control and, 
accordingly, even the most effective 
system can provide only reasonable, and 
not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The system is 
designed to manage rather than eliminate 
the risk of failure to achieve the Group’s 
objectives.

The system of internal control, which 
includes financial, operational and 
compliance controls, is based on a 
process of identifying, evaluating and 
managing risks. This process has been in 
place for the full financial year and up to 
the date of the approval of these financial 
statements. The process is subject to 
continuous improvement and has been 
enhanced as the Group has implemented 
greater formality and standardisation, 
which allows for better oversight by the 
board. 

The audit committee undertakes an 
annual review of the appropriateness of 
the risk management processes to ensure 
that they are sufficiently robust to meet 
the needs of the Group.

Details of the Group’s principal risks, 
together with the controls and procedures 
in place to mitigate the risks, can be found 
on pages 44 to 49.

Annual report
The board is responsible for the 
preparation of the annual report and the 
financial statements to ensure that the 
annual report taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable.

The annual report is drafted by executive 
management with reviews undertaken 
by third-party advisers as required. 
Additional steps have been built into 
the reporting timetable to ensure that 
directors are given sufficient time 
to review, consider and comment 
on the annual report. Our external 
auditor reviews the narrative sections 
of the annual report to identify any 
material inconsistencies between 
their knowledge acquired during the 
audit and the directors’ ‘fair, balanced 
and understandable’ statement and 
whether the annual report appropriately 
discloses those matters that they have 
communicated to the audit committee. A 
substantially final draft is reviewed by the 
audit committee prior to approval by the 
board.

The Group establishes its risk appetite 
through use of delegated authorities 
so that matters considered higher 
risk require the approval of senior 
management or the board. These include, 
but are not limited to, tender pricing, 
bid submissions, approval of contract 
variations and final account settlements, 
capital requirements, procurement, and 
certain legal and strategic matters.

Ongoing risk management and assurance 
is provided through various monitoring 
reviews and reporting mechanisms, 
including the executive risk committee 
(chaired by Ian Lawson) which convenes 
on a weekly basis and has the primary 
responsibility to identify, monitor 
and control significant risks to an 
acceptable level throughout the Group. 
The committee receives information on 
relevant risk matters from a variety of 
sources on a regular basis.

Subsidiary company meetings consider 
and report on risk on a monthly basis 
as part of the monthly business review 
process. This process is followed to ensure 
that, as far as possible, the controls and 
safeguards are being operated in line with 
established procedures and standards.

On a quarterly basis, the significant risks 
identified by the Group’s businesses 
are discussed in detail with each 
management team. The outcome of these 
discussions is collated and reported 
to the executive committee. The risk 
registers of each business are updated 
and, together with a consolidated Group 
risk register compiled by the executive 
committee, are reported to the audit 
committee twice yearly, to ensure that 
adequate information in relation to risk 
management matters is available to the 
board and to allow board members the 
opportunity to challenge and review the 
risks identified.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

64

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Corporate governance report

The board believes that senior 
management within the Group’s operating 
businesses should also contribute in a 
substantial way and this has been built 
into the process. To assist the board in 
discharging its overall responsibilities, 
each of the managing directors of the 
Group’s business units is required to 
provide a letter of assurance in respect 
of the businesses for which they are 
responsible. Assurance is sought about 
the effectiveness of internal controls over:

•	 the maintenance of accounting 

records;

•	 the reliability of management and 

financial information;

•	 the safeguarding of assets;

•	 the ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing business 
risks;

•	 effectiveness and efficiency of 

operations;

•	 compliance with the Group finance 

manual and Group authorisation policy; 
and

•	

legal and ethical standards practised 
in the business.

This letter of assurance is approved by 
all of the senior management team of the 
relevant business unit, demonstrating 
a proper recognition of business control 
responsibilities.

In accordance with the revised Guidance 
for Directors on the Code, the board has 
reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s 
framework of internal controls during 
the year, the key features of which are as 
follows:

Financial reporting system
The Group operates a comprehensive 
budgeting and forecasting system. 
Budgets and forecasts include income 
statements (including detailed contract-
by-contract information), cash flow 
statements and balance sheets. Risks are 
identified and appraised throughout the 
annual process of preparing budgets. The 
annual budget and quarterly forecasts are 
approved by the board.

A formal quarterly review of each 
business’s year-end forecast, business 
performance, risk and internal control 
matters is carried out by the directors 
of each business unit with the chief 
executive officer, Group finance director 
and chief operating officer in attendance.

Detailed management accounts are 
prepared for each business and the 
Group on a monthly basis which, as a 
matter of routine, compare actual results 
with budget and the latest forecast. 
Material variances from budget and 
forecast are thoroughly investigated. A 
detailed monthly Group management 
information pack is prepared which covers 
the performance of each business and 
contains detailed consolidated results 
and other financial information for the 
Group as a whole. This information pack is 
subsequently presented to the executive 
committee and the board.

Standard financial control procedures 
operate throughout the Group to ensure 
the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements.

Project management procedures
Project risk is managed throughout the 
life of a contract from the tender stage to 
completion. 

Individual tenders for projects are subject 
to detailed review with approvals required 
at relevant levels and at various stages 
from commencement of the tender 
process through to contract award. 
Tenders above a certain value and those 
involving an unusually high degree of 
technical or commercial risk must be 
approved at a senior level within the 
Group.

Robust procedures exist to manage 
the ongoing risks associated with 
contracts. Regular monthly contract 
reviews to assess contract performance, 
covering both financial and operational 
issues, form an integral part of contract 
forecasting procedures.

Authorisation procedures
The Group operates an established 
management structure, with clearly 
defined levels of responsibility and a clear 
system of delegated authorities. These 
procedures are relevant across Group 
operations and provide for successive 
assurances to be given at increasingly 
higher levels of management and, finally, 
to the board.

All significant investment decisions, 
including capital expenditure, are referred 
to the board, the executive directors or 
senior management, depending on the 
value and/or nature of the proposed 
investment. Capital expenditure requests 
are supported by detailed investment 
appraisals.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

65

Cash and working capital 
management
Cash flow forecasts are regularly prepared 
to ensure that the Group has adequate 
funds and resources for the foreseeable 
future and is in compliance with banking 
covenants. Each business reports its cash 
position daily. Actual cash performance is 
compared to forecast on a weekly basis.

Group policies
The Group operates a comprehensive 
‘whistleblowing’ policy which was updated 
during the year. Accordingly, staff may, in 
confidence, raise concerns about possible 
improprieties in matters of financial 
reporting or other matters. The audit 
committee reviews adherence with this 
policy on an ongoing basis.

Health and safety
Safety, health and environmental issues 
and risks are continually monitored at all 
sites and are reviewed on a monthly basis 
by senior management and the board.

The Group has a well-developed health 
and safety management system for the 
internal and external control of health 
and safety risks which is managed by 
the Group SHE director. This includes the 
use of risk management systems for the 
identification, mitigation and reporting 
of health and safety management 
information.

During the year, a comprehensive 
competition law policy and anti-bribery 
policy were also rolled out to all Group 
employees who deal with customers and 
suppliers to ensure that ethics and values 
continue to be firmly embedded across 
the Group.

Information included in the 
directors’ report
Certain information that fulfils the 
requirements of the corporate governance 
statement can be found in the directors’ 
report in the sections headed ‘significant 
shareholdings’, ‘share capital’, ‘amendment 
of articles of association’, ‘appointment 
and replacement of directors’ and ‘powers 
of the directors’ and is incorporated into 
this corporate governance section by 
reference.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

66

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Audit committee report

Tony Osbaldiston
Chairman of the audit committee

“ This is my first year 

as chairman of the 
committee.”

During the year, the committee has continued to 
devote significant time to the scrutiny of the Group’s 
system of risk management and internal controls, 
together with undertaking a tender of the external 
audit arrangements, resulting in the appointment of 
KPMG as the Group’s auditor, subject to shareholder 
approval at our AGM.

Role
The primary function of the committee 
is to assist the board in fulfilling its 
oversight responsibilities. This includes 
reviewing the financial reports and other 
financial information before publication. 
The committee assists the board in 
achieving its obligations under the Code 
in areas of risk management and internal 
control, focusing particularly on areas 
of compliance with legal requirements, 
accounting standards and the Listing 
Rules (Listing Authority Rules for 
companies listed on the London Stock 
Exchange), and ensuring that an effective 
system of internal financial and non-
financial controls is maintained.

The committee also reviews the accounting 
and financial reporting processes, along 
with reviewing the roles of and effectiveness 
of the external auditor. The ultimate 
responsibility for reviewing and approving 
the annual report remains with the board.

The responsibility of the committee 
principally falls into the following areas:

•	 To monitor the integrity of the financial 

statements and formal announcements 
and to review significant financial 
reporting judgements.

•	 To review the Group’s internal financial 

controls.

•	 To make recommendations to the 

board in relation to the appointment 
and removal of the external auditor 
and to approve its remuneration and its 
terms of engagement.

•	 To review the nature of non-audit 

services supplied and non-audit fees 
relative to the audit fee.

•	 To provide independent oversight over 
the external audit process through 
agreeing the suitability of the scope 
and approach of the external auditor’s 
work, assessing its objectivity in 
undertaking its work and monitoring 
its independence taking into account 
relevant UK professional regulatory 
requirements and the auditor’s period 
in office and compensation.

•	 To oversee the effectiveness of the 

internal audit process.

•	 To oversee the effectiveness of the 
external audit process particularly 
with regard to the quality and cost-
effectiveness of the auditor’s work.

•	 To report to the board how it has 
discharged its responsibilities.

Activities of the committee
•	 Reviewed the interim results for the 

period ended 30 September 2014 and 
the year-end results for the period 
ended 31 March 2015.

•	 Reviewed the significant management 
judgements reflected in the Group’s 
results including significant contract 
judgements and accounting for the 
Leadenhall bolts issue.

•	 Reviewed and agreed significant 
accounting risks and principal 
business risks for the year ended  
31 March 2015.

•	 Reviewed and agreed the external 
auditor’s audit planning report in 
advance of the audit for the year ended 
31 March 2015.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

67

•	 Discussed the report received from 
the external auditor regarding the 
audit of the results for the year ended 
31 March 2015. This report included 
the key accounting considerations 
and judgements reflected in the 
Group’s year-end results, comments 
on findings on internal control and 
a statement on independence and 
objectivity.

•	 Proposed the appointment of KPMG 
as external auditor for the financial 
year commencing on 1 April 2015 
(subject to shareholder approval at the 
AGM) following a rigorous audit tender 
process.

•	 Reviewed KPMG’s internal audit plan 
and internal audit reports covering 
various aspects of the Group’s 
operations, controls and processes.

•	 Reviewed the Group’s risk register.

•	 Reviewed and approved external audit 
fees for the year ended 31 March 2015.

The committee was provided with, and 
commented on, a draft copy of the annual 
report. At the request of the board, the 
committee also considered whether 
the annual report was fair, balanced 
and understandable and whether it 
provided the necessary information 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy. The committee is satisfied 
that, taken as a whole, the annual report 
and accounts is fair, balanced and 
understandable.

In carrying out the above processes, 
key considerations included ensuring 
that there was consistency between the 
financial statements and the narrative 
provided in the front half of the annual 
report, that there is a clear and well-
articulated link between all areas of 
disclosure and that the strategic report 
focused on the balance between the 
reporting of weaknesses, difficulties and 
challenges, as well as successes, in an 
open and honest manner.

Risk management and 
internal control
The board as a whole, including the 
audit committee members, considers 
the nature and extent of the Group’s 
risk management framework and the 
risk profile that is acceptable in order to 
achieve the Group’s strategic objectives. 
As a result, it is considered that the board 
has fulfilled its obligations under the 
Code.

The Group’s system of internal controls, 
along with their design and operating 
effectiveness, is subject to review by the 
audit committee. The evidence on which 
this review will be based will come from 
three main sources:

•	 Deloitte, the external auditor;

•	 KPMG, the internal auditor; and

•	 the managing directors responsible for 
each of the Group’s business units.

To assist the board in discharging its 
overall responsibilities, each of the 
managing directors is required to provide 
a letter of assurance in respect of the 
businesses for which they are responsible. 
Responses in the individual letters of 
assurance have been summarised and 
reported to the audit committee.

No significant deficiencies were noted in 
the review. In performing this review, the 
committee considered the processes that 
have been designed and implemented 
during the year ended 31 March 2015 
and the continued formalisation of the 
system of internal controls. Improvements 
continue to be made to further enhance 
the Group’s internal control and risk 
management processes and to deal with 
areas of improvement which are brought 
to the attention of management and the 
board.

Further details of the Group’s internal 
control process are set out in the 
corporate governance report on pages 63 
to 65.

Internal audit
The committee is responsible for 
overseeing the work of the internal 
auditor, KPMG, who continued during the 
year to provide a structured programme 
of independent, outsourced reviews 
based on an approved internal audit 
plan. The scope of their work focused on 
key financial controls and non-financial 
reviews covering areas of perceived 
higher business risk. The committee 
assessed the quality of internal audit 
reports prepared by KPMG, along with 
management’s actions relating to findings 
and the closure of recommended actions.

Following the decision to appoint KPMG 
as the Group’s external auditor, they 
will be unable to continue in their role 
as internal auditor. Until their formal 
appointment as external auditor at the 
AGM on 2 September 2015, KPMG will 
deliver a further three non-financial 
reviews but will conduct no further 
reviews of key financial controls. KPMG 
internal audit will continue to validate 
management action until they resign.

Financial reporting and 
significant financial issues
The committee assesses whether suitable 
accounting policies have been adopted 
and whether management has made 
appropriate estimates and judgements. 
The committee reviews accounting 
papers prepared by management which 
provide details on the main financial 
reporting judgements. For example, during 
the year the committee reviewed the 
significant contract judgements made by 
management and the judgemental areas 
of other (non-underlying) items and the 
carrying values of goodwill and the Indian 
joint venture.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

68

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Audit committee report

The three significant issues considered 
during the year are detailed below:

Contract valuation, revenue and profit 
recognition: The committee reviewed the 
report of the Group finance director that 
set out the main contract judgements 
associated with the Group’s significant 
contracts. The significant areas of 
judgement include the timing of revenue 
and profit recognition, the estimation of 
the recoverability of contract variations 
and claims and the estimation of future 
costs to complete. The external auditor 
performed detailed audit procedures 
on revenue and profit recognition and 
reported the findings to the committee.

Review of carrying value of goodwill 
and the investment in the Indian joint 
venture: The committee considered 
the carrying value of goodwill and the 
investment in the Indian joint venture 
and the assumptions underlying the 
impairment review. The judgements in 
relation to impairment largely relate to the 
assumptions underlying the identification 
of the Group’s cash-generating units 
(CGUs) (for goodwill only) together with 
the calculation of the value in use of 
the assets being tested for impairment, 
primarily the achievability of long-term 
business plans and macroeconomic 
assumptions underlying the valuation 
process. 

Other (non-underlying) items: The 
committee reviewed the treatment 
of other items, including the costs 
associated with the Leadenhall bolts 
issue, and their separate disclosure in the 
consolidated financial statements. The 
committee has reviewed papers prepared 
by management showing how these 
costs have been identified and calculated 
and has discussed with the external 
auditor their review of the assumptions 
underpinning the estimates used. It has 
tested the quantum of the charge, the 
amounts accrued at year-end and the 
presentation in the consolidated income 
statement and is satisfied that these 
costs have been treated appropriately.

The committee was satisfied that each 
of the matters set out above had been 
fully and adequately addressed by 
management, appropriately tested and 
reviewed by the external auditor and that 
the disclosures made in the annual report 
were appropriate.

In addition, the committee has considered 
a number of other judgements which 
have been made by management, none 
of which had a material impact on 
the Group’s results. These include the 
recoverability of deferred tax assets 
and the valuation of pension scheme 
liabilities.

Audit tendering
During the year, the audit committee was 
authorised by the board to review the 
provision of audit services to the Group. 
Following a rigorous tender process, which 
included the establishment of a sub-
committee (selection panel) comprising 
certain of the non-executive directors, 
the Group finance director and the Group 
financial controller, an invitation to tender 
was issued to the incumbent auditor, 
Deloitte LLP (Deloitte), and three other 
accounting firms. The invitation to tender 
included certain pre-determined criteria 
to ensure that the Group continued to 
be subject to a robust and independent 
external audit.

Following a series of meetings with senior 
management of the Group and detailed 
presentations by three of the firms, the 
committee recommended to the board 
that KPMG LLP (KPMG) replace Deloitte 
as the Group’s auditor. The board accepted 
the proposal of the committee and, as a 
result, on 24 February 2015, KPMG was 
appointed as auditor for the financial year 
commencing on 1 April 2015 subject to 
shareholder approval at the AGM. Deloitte 
will resign as auditor following completion 
of the audit for the year ended 31 March 
2015.

In accordance with best practice and 
guidance from the Financial Reporting 
Council, the audit committee will continue 
to review the qualification, expertise, 
resources and independence of the external 
auditor and the effectiveness of the audit 
process during the next financial year.

Non-audit services
The Group’s policy on the engagement of 
the external auditor for non-audit related 
services is designed to ensure that the 
provision of such services does not impair 
the external auditor’s independence or 
objectivity. Under no circumstances will 
any assignment be given to the external 
auditor, when the result would be that:

•	 as part of the statutory audit, it is 

required to report directly on its own 
non-audit work;

•	

it makes management decisions on 
behalf of the Group; or

•	

it acts as advocate for the Group.

There is no inconsistency between the 
Financial Reporting Council’s ethical 
standards and the Group’s policy.

Other categories, such as audit-related 
services or work which, because of the 
auditor’s existing knowledge of the Group’s 
business, could be more effectively 
carried out by it, may, if not on the list of 
prohibited services, be carried out by the 
external auditor subject to the advance 
approval of the Group finance director 
or, if the fees for such services exceed an 
absolute limit or a specified proportion 
of the audit fee, the advance approval of 
the audit committee. Non-audit services 
provided by the auditor during the year 
ended 31 March 2015, which mainly 
represented corporation tax compliance 
advice only, did not require the approval of 
the committee.

Details of the auditor’s fees, including 
non-audit fees, are shown in note 4 to the 
consolidated financial statements. The 
committee has reviewed the nature of the 
work and level of fees for these services 
and concluded that they have not affected 
Deloitte LLP’s objectivity or independence.

Tony Osbaldiston 
Chairman of the audit committee 
17 June 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

69

Directors’ report

Introduction
The directors present their report together 
with the audited consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 31 March 
2015.

The Companies Act 2006 requires the 
directors to present a fair review of the 
business during the year to 31 March 
2015 and of the position of the Group 
at the end of the financial year along 
with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties. The Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules require certain 
information to be included in a corporate 
governance statement.

The strategic report on pages 3 to 49 and 
the corporate governance report on pages 
58 to 65, including the audit committee 
report, form part of this directors’ report. 
Disclosures elsewhere in the annual 
report are cross-referenced where 
appropriate. Taken together, they fulfil the 
combined requirements of company law, 
the Disclosure and Transparency Rules 
and Listing Rules.

There were no significant events since 
the balance sheet date. An indication of 
likely future developments in the business 
of the Group and details of research and 
development activities are included in the 
strategic report.

Information about the use of financial 
instruments by the Company and its 
subsidiaries is given in note 21 to the 
financial statements.

Dividends
The directors did not declare an interim 
dividend for the six months ended  
30 September 2014 (2014: no dividend 
was declared). The directors have 
recommended a final dividend of 0.5p per 
ordinary share to be paid on 11 September 
2015 to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 14 August 2015.

Directors
The present membership of the board is 
set out on pages 52 and 53.

Details of directors’ interests, including 
interests in the Company’s shares, are 
disclosed in the directors’ remuneration 
report on page 83.

The other significant commitments of 
the chairman consist of acting as non-
executive chairman of Sweett Group 
plc (since 29 August 2014 having been 
non-executive director since 21 July 
2014) and non-executive director of 
Lagan Construction Holdings Limited and 
Newbury Racecourse plc. 

Significant shareholdings
As at 1 June 2015, the Group had been 
notified of the following voting rights to the 
Company’s shares in accordance with the 
Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of 
the UK Listing Authority:

Name

1  M&G 

Investments
2  JO Hambro 

Capital 
Management 
3  Threadneedle 
Investments
4  Standard Life 
Investments
5  Legal & General 

Investment 
Management

6  River & 

Mercantile Asset 
Management

7  BlackRock Merrill 
Lynch Investment 
Managers
8  Henderson 

Ordinary 2.5p 
share

%

46,543,871

15.64

45,453,034

15.28

24,889,519

8.37

21,620,394

7.27

18,290,158

6.15

16,068,853

5.40

10,428,372

3.51

Global Investors 10,114,864

3.40

Share capital
The Company has a single class of share 
capital which is divided into ordinary shares 
of 2.5p each.

Rights attaching to shares
The rights attaching to the ordinary shares 
are defined in the Company’s articles of 
association. The articles of association 
may be changed with the agreement of 
shareholders. A shareholder whose name 
appears on the Company’s register of 
members can choose whether his shares 
are evidenced by share certificates (i.e. 
in certificated form) or held in electronic 
(i.e. uncertificated) form in CREST (the 
electronic settlement system in the UK).

Subject to any restrictions below, 
shareholders may attend any general 
meeting of the Company and, on a 
show of hands, every shareholder (or 
his representative) who is present at 
a general meeting has one vote on 
each resolution and, on a poll, every 
shareholder (or his representative) who is 
present has one vote on each resolution 
for every ordinary share of which they are 
the registered shareholder. A resolution 
put to the vote of a general meeting is 
decided on a show of hands unless before, 
or on the declaration of the result of a vote 
on a show of hands, a poll is demanded 
by the chairman of the meeting, or by at 
least five shareholders present in person 
or by proxy and having the right to vote, or 
by any shareholders present in person or 
by proxy having at least 10 per cent of the 
total voting rights of all shareholders, or 
by any shareholders present in person or 
by proxy holding ordinary shares in which 
an aggregate sum has been paid up of at 
least one-tenth of the total sum paid up 
on all ordinary shares.

Shareholders can declare final dividends 
by passing an ordinary resolution but the 
amount of the dividends cannot exceed 
the amount recommended by the board. 
The board can pay interim dividends on 
any class of shares of the amounts and on 
the dates and for the periods they decide 
the distributable profits of the Company 
justify such payment.

Any dividend which has not been claimed 
for 12 years after it became due for 
payment will be forfeited and will then 
belong to the Company, unless the 
directors decide otherwise.

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator 
can, with the sanction of a special 
resolution passed by the shareholders, 
divide among the shareholders all or any 
part of the assets of the Company and 
he can value any assets and determine 
how the division shall be carried out 
as between the members or different 
classes of members. The liquidator can 
also transfer the whole or any part of the 
assets to trustees upon any trusts for the 
benefit of the members. No shareholders 
can be compelled to accept any asset 
which would give them a liability.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

70

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ report

Voting at general meetings
Any form of proxy sent by the Company 
to shareholders in relation to any general 
meeting must be delivered (subject to the 
provisions of the articles of association) to 
the Company, whether in written form or 
in electronic form, not less than 48 hours 
before the time appointed for holding the 
meeting or adjourned meeting at which 
the person named in the appointment 
proposes to vote.

No shareholder is, unless the board 
decides otherwise, entitled to attend or 
vote either personally or by proxy at a 
general meeting or to exercise any other 
right conferred by being a shareholder if 
he or any person with an interest in shares 
has been sent a notice under section 
793 of the Companies Act 2006 (which 
confers upon public companies the power 
to require information with respect to 
interests in their voting shares) and he or 
any interested person failed to supply the 
Company with the information requested 
within 14 days after delivery of that notice.

The board may also decide (where the 
shares represent at least 0.25 per cent in 
nominal value of the issued shares of the 
same class) that no dividend is payable in 
respect of those default shares and that 
no transfer of any default shares shall be 
registered.

These restrictions end seven days after 
receipt by the Company of a notice of an 
approved transfer of the shares or all 
the information required by the relevant 
section 793 notice, whichever is the 
earlier.

Change of control
There are no agreements between the 
Group and its directors or employees 
providing for compensation for loss of 
office or employment that occurs because 
of a takeover bid.

The Group’s banking arrangements which 
were refinanced during the year and 
expire in July 2019 can be terminated 
upon a change of control of the Group.

Appointment and 
replacement of directors
In accordance with the Company’s 
articles, directors shall be no fewer than 
two and no more than 12 in number. 
Subject to applicable law, a director may 
be appointed by an ordinary resolution of 
shareholders in general meeting following 
nomination by the board or a member 
(or members) entitled to vote at such 
a meeting, or following retirement by 
rotation if the director chooses to seek re-
election at a general meeting. In addition, 
the directors may appoint a director to 
fill a vacancy or as an additional director, 
provided that the individual retires at the 
next AGM. A director may be removed by 
the Company as provided for by applicable 
law, in certain circumstances set out in 
the Company’s articles of association (for 
example bankruptcy, or resignation), or by 
a special resolution of the Company. We 
have decided this year to adopt voluntarily 
the practice that all directors stand for 
re-election on an annual basis, in line with 
the recommendations of the Code.

Powers of the directors
The business of the Company is managed 
by the board, who may exercise all the 
powers of the Company subject to the 
provisions of the Company’s articles of 
association, the Companies Act 2006 (‘the 
Act’) and any ordinary resolution of the 
Company.

Transfer of shares
The board may refuse to register a 
transfer of a share which is not fully paid, 
provided that the refusal does not prevent 
dealings in shares in the Company from 
taking place on an open and proper basis. 
The board may also refuse to register a 
transfer of a certificated share unless: (i) 
the instrument of transfer is lodged, duly 
stamped (if stampable), at the registered 
office of the Company or any other place 
decided by the board, accompanied by a 
certificate for the share to which it relates 
and such other evidence as the board 
may reasonably require to show the right 
of the transferor to make the transfer; (ii) 
is in respect of only one class of shares; 
and (iii) is in favour of not more than four 
transferees.

Transfer of uncertificated shares must be 
carried out using CREST and the board 
can refuse to register a transfer of an 
uncertificated share in accordance with 
the regulations governing the operation 
of CREST. There are no other limitations 
on the holding of ordinary shares in the 
Company.

Variation of rights
If at any time the capital of the Company 
is divided into different classes of shares, 
the special rights attaching to any class 
may be varied or revoked either:

•	 with the written consent of the holders 
of at least 75 per cent in nominal value 
of the issued shares of the class; or

•	 with the sanction of a special 

resolution passed at a separate 
general meeting of the holders of the 
shares of the class.

The Company can issue new shares and 
attach any rights to them. If there is no 
restriction by special rights attaching to 
existing shares, rights attaching to new 
shares can take priority over the rights of 
existing shares.

General meetings
A resolution is to be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM that a general meeting 
of the Company, other than an AGM, can 
be called on not less than 14 clear days’ 
notice.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

71

External auditor
Deloitte LLP acted as the auditor for the 
Company for the year ended 31 March 
2015. On 24 February 2015, KPMG LLP 
was appointed as auditor for the Company 
for the financial year commencing on  
1 April 2015 and a resolution confirming 
this appointment will be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM.

Annual general meeting
The notice concerning the AGM to be held 
at Aldwark Manor Hotel, York at noon on 
Wednesday 2 September 2015, together 
with explanatory notes on the resolutions 
to be proposed and full details of the 
deadlines for exercising voting rights, 
is contained in a circular to be sent to 
shareholders with this report.

The directors’ report from pages 69 to 71 
inclusive was approved by the board and 
signed on its behalf by:

Mark Sanderson 
Company secretary 
17 June 2015

Directors’ indemnities
The articles entitle the directors of the 
Company to be indemnified, to the extent 
permitted by the Act and any other 
applicable legislation, out of the assets of 
the Company in the event that they suffer 
any loss or incur any liability in connection 
with the execution of their duties as 
directors.

In addition, and in common with many 
other companies, the Company had 
during the year and continues to have in 
place directors’ and officers’ insurance in 
favour of its directors and other officers 
in respect of certain losses or liabilities to 
which they may be exposed due to their 
office.

Amendment of articles  
of association
Any amendments to the articles may be 
made in accordance with the provisions of 
the Act by way of special resolution.

Political contributions
No contributions were made to any 
political parties during the current or 
preceding year.

Greenhouse gas emissions
All disclosures on the Group’s greenhouse 
gas emissions, as required to be disclosed 
under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report Regulations 
2013), are contained in the corporate 
social responsibility report on page 39.

Employment of  
disabled persons
The Company gives full and fair 
consideration to applications for 
employment made by disabled persons, 
having regard to their particular aptitudes 
and abilities. In the event of an employee 
becoming disabled, every effort is 
made to ensure that their employment 
within the Company continues and that 
appropriate training is arranged where 
necessary. It is the policy of the Company 
that the training, career development and 
promotion of disabled persons should, 
as far as possible, be identical to that of 
other employees.

Employee involvement
The Group places considerable value on 
the involvement of its employees and has 
continued its practice of keeping them 
informed on matters affecting them as 
employees, for example, eligibility to join 
Company share schemes, and on the 
various factors affecting the performance 
of the Group. Communication is 
made using the Group’s internal 
communications newsletter and through 
regular meetings with, and presentations 
by, senior management.

Details of employee share-based payment 
schemes are set out in note 22.

Going concern
After making enquiries, the directors 
have formed a judgement at the time 
of approving the financial statements 
that there is a reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. For this reason 
the directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements.

The key factors considered by the 
directors in making the statement are set 
out in the financial review on pages 32  
to 35.

Disclosure of information to 
the external auditor
The directors who held office at the date of 
approval of this directors’ report confirm 
that, so far as they are each aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s auditor is unaware and 
each director has taken all the steps that 
he or she ought to have taken as a director 
in order to make himself or herself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of section 418 of the Act.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

72

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ remuneration report

Alun Griffiths
Chairman of the remuneration 
committee

“ A year of steady 

progress for the 
Group.”

Remuneration policy is aligned with the priorities 
of shareholders in incentivising management to 
meet demanding short-term targets and to deliver 
sustainable growth over the longer term, whilst 
ensuring that high safety standards are achieved.

Dear shareholder
Performance and 
remuneration in 2014/15
The Group has continued to make 
steady progress towards its medium-
term objectives of margin improvement, 
stabilising India and strengthening its 
order book. 

Whilst market conditions remain 
challenging in some areas, our positioning 
as the market leader in structural 
steel and our underlying management, 
technical and delivery capabilities give the 
board confidence in the future prospects 
of the Group. 

Remuneration policy is aligned with the 
priorities of shareholders in incentivising 
management to meet demanding short-
term targets and to deliver sustainable 
growth over the longer term, whilst 
ensuring that high safety standards are 
achieved. Fifty per cent of any bonus is 
paid in shares, deferred for three years, 
and specific provisions are included 
for clawback in the event of material 
misstatement, error or gross misconduct.

Remuneration policy
Shareholders approved the remuneration 
policy of the Group in 2014 with a vote in 
favour of 99.8 per cent. The policy report, 
which remains unchanged, is included for 
information purposes albeit with minor 
updates to reflect the adoption of the 
sharesave scheme approved at last  
year’s AGM.

Annual remuneration report
The annual remuneration report describes 
the implementation of this policy, in 
particular in relation to reward for 
performance in 2014/15.

I am pleased to report that both the base 
financial and safety targets set by the 
board were met, resulting in a bonus 
payout of 65 per cent of the maximum 
(82 per cent in respect of India). In 
determining the achievement of bonus 
targets for 2014/15, the committee 
considered what impact, if any, the non-
underlying remedial costs in relation 
to the Leadenhall building should have 
on payout. After careful consideration 
and after taking external advice, the 
committee determined that the bonus 
should be paid against the achievement 
of underlying profit before tax targets 
in accordance with the Group’s stated 
policy. When forming this judgement, 
the committee considered that these 
non-underlying costs relate to a historic 
project and where the recognition of the 
original profit and loss associated with 
this project did not result in any annual 
bonus payable at the time. If the Group is 
able to recover any of these costs in the 
future, any such inflows will not be treated 
as underlying PBT.

The targets for the 2012 PSP award, 
(earnings per share of between 6.51p 
and 11.71p) were not achieved and these 
awards have lapsed.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

73

Conclusion
The committee is committed to improving 
further the levels of disclosure and 
transparency by explaining in more detail 
how it has reached decisions regarding 
the achievement of performance targets. 
Linking pay to performance is critical and 
as such, the committee has endeavoured 
to set future bonus and share plan targets 
at a level which incentivises and rewards 
management but only for performance 
at a level which also ensures appropriate 
returns for shareholders. The committee 
will continue to engage with shareholders 
to ensure that the policy of the Group 
remains appropriate.

Alun Griffiths 
Chairman of the remuneration 
committee 
17 June 2015

Targets for 2015/16
The financial and safety performance 
targets for the 2015/16 bonus reflect 
the strong forward momentum of the 
Group over the past year. The committee 
considered the balance of financial and 
non-financial measures, as well as the 
appropriateness of each measure, and 
considers that these remain appropriate 
for the year ahead.

The share plan targets are intended to 
incentivise management to maintain this 
momentum and will require the Group to 
deliver EPS in the range of 4.30p to 6.45p 
in 2017/18. This equates to a PBT range 
of £16.0m to £24.0m. This represents an 
increase in the lower vesting threshold 
of £4.0m p.a. (33 per cent) and holds the 
threshold at which maximum vesting 
takes place at £24.0m, thus narrowing 
the vesting range to one the board 
feels is more realistic, whilst remaining 
appropriately stretching.

Salaries for the directors will be reviewed 
in October of this year with increases set 
in the context of pay reviews for the Group 
generally. No increases are planned for 
the chairman or non-executive directors.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

74

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ remuneration report

This report complies with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups Regulations 
2008 as amended in 2013, the UK Corporate Governance Code 2014 and the UKLA Listing Rules and the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules. The remuneration committee has also taken into consideration guidelines published by institutional investor advisory bodies 
such as the Investment Association and the NAPF.

The report is in two sections:

•	 a summary of the directors’ remuneration policy (pages 74 to 79). This section contains details of the remuneration policy approved 

at the 2014 AGM and is for information only; and

•	 the directors’ annual remuneration report (pages 79 to 86). This section sets out the details of how our remuneration policy was 

implemented for the year ended 31 March 2015 and how we intend to apply it for the year ending 31 March 2016, and it is subject 
to an advisory vote at this year’s AGM.

Summary of directors’ remuneration policy
The remuneration policy was approved at last year’s AGM. Provided for information only are the details of the policy that were 
referenced in the committee’s activities over the past reporting year which includes the remuneration policy table, the recruitment 
remuneration arrangements, executive director service contracts and terms and conditions for non-executive directors. Minor 
updates have been made to the table to reflect the adoption of the sharesave scheme approved at last year’s AGM.

The full policy report, as approved by shareholders, can be found on page 66 in the 2014 annual report.

Find out more information on our website  
http://www.severfield.com

It is intended this policy will remain in place until the 2017 AGM.

Remuneration policy

Executive directors
Base salaries

Purpose and link to strategy
To provide the core reward for the role.

Sufficient to recruit and retain directors of the calibre necessary to execute the Group’s strategy.

Operation
Base salaries are normally reviewed annually by the committee.

Our review takes into account levels of increase across the broader workforce, changes in responsibility, and a periodic remuneration 
review for comparable companies. 

Maximum opportunity
There is no prescribed maximum. 

Current salaries are disclosed in the annual report on  
remuneration.

Increases (as a percentage of salary) are generally limited to the 
range set for the wider workforce.

However, further increases may be awarded where there have 
been significant changes in the scope and/or responsibilities of 
the role or a material change in the size and scale of the Group.

Performance conditions
The committee considers individual salaries each year having 
due regard to the factors noted in operation of the policy.

No recovery provisions apply to salary.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

75

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy
Cost-effective benefits, sufficient to recruit and retain directors of the calibre necessary to execute the Group’s strategy.

Operation
The Group currently provides the following employee benefits: 

•	 Life assurance at four times salary

•	 Medical insurance for self with option to purchase for family

•	 Company car and fuel allowance

Relocation expenses would be paid as appropriate for new recruits or a change in role.

In circumstances where an executive is deployed on an international assignment, their arrangements will be managed in a way that 
is consistent with good practice for international organisations. Additional allowances may also be paid e.g. to cover any increase in 
cost of living, tax equalisation and/or additional accommodation costs.

The committee may wish to offer executive directors other employee benefits on broadly similar terms as those offered to other 
employees from time to time, provided within the maximum opportunity limit.

Maximum opportunity
The value of insured benefits can vary from year to year based on 
the costs from third party providers.

Performance conditions
No performance conditions or recovery provisions apply to 
benefits.

The total value of benefits (excluding relocation and international 
assignment allowances) will not exceed more than 15 per cent of 
salary in any year.

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy
Cost-effective long-term retirement benefits, sufficient to recruit and retain directors of the calibre necessary to execute the Group’s 
strategy.

Operation
Group contribution to defined contribution scheme (own or the Group’s), a cash supplement or a combination of both up to the 
maximum value.

Director has no obligation to match Group contributions.

Maximum opportunity
Twenty per cent of base salary contribution/cash supplement 
for chief executive officer and 18 per cent of salary for others up 
to a maximum of £50,000 (with the exception that for executive 
directors commencing service before 1 November 2013 where 
the Group pays a fixed contribution/cash supplement of  
£50,000 p.a.).

For international assignments the Group may be required 
to make additional payments to comply with local statutory 
requirements.

Performance conditions
No recovery provisions apply to pension benefits.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

76

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ remuneration report

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy
To focus attention on achieving short-term corporate objectives, incentivise outperformance of targets and provide a deferred 
element to reinforce the impact of long-term performance.

Operation
Any annual bonus award is made 50 per cent in cash and 50 per cent in shares deferred for three years under the rules of the Group’s 
deferred share bonus plan (‘DSBP’) which incorporates a clawback mechanism for instances of financial misstatement, error or 
gross misconduct. 

Dividends may accrue on deferred bonus shares.

Maximum opportunity
Maximum 100 per cent of base salary per annum.

Performance conditions
The committee will review the appropriateness of performance 
measures on an annual basis and consider whether there is 
a need to rebalance or amend the performance measures 
and weightings to reflect the business objectives at the time. 
However, the majority of the annual bonus will be subject to 
financial targets.

Currently the business uses a combination of underlying profit 
before tax (‘PBT’) targets and accident frequency rate (‘AFR’) 
targets. 

A minority of bonus will be payable for threshold levels of 
performance.

The actual measures and weightings are set out in the annual 
report on remuneration on page 85.

Performance share plan (‘PSP’) (approved by shareholders in 2007)

Purpose and link to strategy
Incentivise and reward for long-term, sustainable performance linked to corporate strategy and provide alignment with shareholders’ 
interests.

Operation
Annual grant of performance shares which will, in normal circumstances, vest subject to continued service and the achievement of 
performance conditions over a three-year period.

There is a clawback mechanism for instances of financial misstatement, error or gross misconduct.

Dividends may accrue on vested awards.

Maximum opportunity
Maximum annual award level is 150 per cent of salary.

The current award policy is, in normal circumstances, for awards 
of 100 per cent of salary for the chief executive officer and 75 per 
cent of salary for other executive directors.

Performance conditions
The committee will determine each year the appropriate award 
levels and performance conditions based on the corporate 
strategy at the time. However, a financial measure such as 
underlying earnings per share (‘EPS’) will be used for at least half 
of any award.

Currently the awards are subject to an EPS growth target, the 
details of which are set out in the annual remuneration report.

No more than 25 per cent of an award will vest for performance 
at the lower threshold of EPS targets.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

77

All-employee share plan

Purpose and link to strategy
To foster wider employee share ownership.

Operation
The Group currently operates a share incentive plan and introduced a sharesave scheme in February 2015.

Participation in any all-employee share plans operated by the Group is in line with HMRC guidelines. Executive directors are entitled 
to participate on the same basis as for other eligible employees.

Maximum opportunity
The Group has discretion under the all-employee share plans to 
issue awards up to the HMRC approved limits as set from time  
to time.

Performance conditions
No recovery provisions apply to all-employee share awards.

Executive directors’ service 
agreements
All executive directors’ service agreements 
run on a rolling basis. Notice periods of 
12 months are required to be given by 
all parties. Payment to be made in lieu 
of notice on termination is equal to 12 
months’ salary or to any proportion of 
unexpired notice period.

Full details of the contracts of each 
director including the date, unexpired 
term and any payment obligations on 
early termination are available from the 
Company secretary at the annual general 
meeting.

The discretions retained by the 
committee in operating the annual 
bonus and the PSP
The committee will operate the annual 
bonus (including the deferred share 
element) and the PSP according to their 
respective rules and in accordance with 
the Listing Rules where relevant.

The committee retains discretion, 
consistent with market practice, in a 
number of regards to the operation and 
administration of these plans.

In relation to both the Group’s PSP and 
annual bonus plan, the committee retains 
the ability to adjust the targets and/or set 
different measures if events occur (e.g. 
material acquisition and/or divestment 
of a Group business) which cause it to 
determine that the conditions are no 
longer appropriate and the amendment 
is required so that the conditions achieve 
their original purpose and are not 
materially less difficult to satisfy.

Any use of the above discretions would, 
where relevant, be explained in the annual 
report on remuneration and may, as 
appropriate, be the subject of consultation 
with the Group’s major shareholders. 

Notes to the policy table
Choice of performance conditions 
and metrics
Our role as the remuneration committee 
includes the establishment of 
performance goals through long-term 
incentive plans which are challenging but 
achievable through superior performance, 
thereby incentivising and rewarding 
success.

The long-term incentive plan currently 
incorporates an EPS performance 
measure, which is a key financial metric 
that is aligned with shareholder interests. 
The committee has considered and 
taken advice on alternative performance 
measures, such as total shareholder 
return (‘TSR’), to substitute for (all or 
part of) the use of the EPS range used in 
the past. Lack of a suitable peer group 
of similar listed companies made this 
approach impracticable and to date we 
have found no better benchmark.

No performance targets are set for 
any share incentive plan or sharesave 
plan awards since these form part of 
all-employee arrangements that are 
purposefully designed to encourage 
employees across the Group to purchase 
shares in the Company.

Details of all the outstanding share 
awards granted to existing executive 
directors are set out in the annual 
remuneration report.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

78

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

in exceptional circumstances in order to 
facilitate the buy-out of existing awards 
the committee may go above this limit 
(see below).

Different performance measures may be 
set initially for the annual bonus, taking 
into account the responsibilities of the 
individual, and the point in the financial 
year that they joined.

The above policy applies to both an 
internal promotion to the board or an 
external hire.

In the case of an external hire, if it is 
necessary to buy out incentive pay or 
benefit arrangements (which would 
be forfeited on leaving the previous 
employer), this would be provided for 
taking into account the form (cash or 
shares) and timing and expected value 
(i.e. likelihood of meeting any existing 
performance criteria) of the remuneration 
being forfeited. Replacement share 
awards, if used, will be granted using 
the Group’s existing share plans to the 
extent possible (including the use of the 
exceptional limit under the PSP), although 
awards may also be granted outside 
of these schemes if necessary and as 
permitted under the Listing Rules.

In the case of an internal hire, any 
outstanding variable pay awarded in 
relation to the previous role will be 
allowed to pay out according to its terms 
of grant (adjusted as relevant to take into 
account the board appointment).

On the appointment of a new chairman or 
non-executive director, the fees will be set 
taking into account the experience and 
calibre of the individual and the expected 
time commitments of the role. Where 
specific cash or share arrangements are 
delivered to non-executive directors, these 
will not include share options or other 
performance-related elements.

Directors’ remuneration report

Provision on payment for  
loss of office
If an executive director’s employment is 
to be terminated, the committee’s policy 
in respect of the contract of employment, 
in the absence of a breach of the service 
agreement by the director, is to agree a 
termination payment based on the value 
of base salary that would have accrued 
to the director during the contractual 
notice period. The committee will consider 
mitigation to reduce the termination 
payment to a leaving director when 
appropriate to do so, having regard to the 
circumstances.

The payment of any annual bonus will 
be at the committee’s discretion and will 
be based on the circumstances of the 
termination. Any bonus payment will be 
calculated based after assessing the 
relevant performance conditions and will 
only be in relation to the service period 
worked.

The rules of the PSP and DSBP set out 
what happens to share awards if a 
participant ceases to be an employee 
or director of the Company before the 
end of the vesting period. Generally, any 
outstanding share awards will lapse 
on such cessation, except in certain 
circumstances.

If the executive director ceases to be an 
employee or director of the Company as 
a result of death, disability, retirement, 
the sale of the business or company that 
employs the individual or any other reason 
at the discretion of the committee, then 
they will be treated as a ‘good leaver’ 
under the plan rules. Under the DSBP, the 
shares for a good leaver will normally vest 
in full on the normal vesting date (or on 
cessation of employment in the case of 
death).

Under the PSP, a good leaver’s unvested 
awards will vest (either on the normal 
vesting date or the relevant date 
of cessation, as determined by the 
committee) subject to achievement of any 
relevant performance condition, with a pro 
rata reduction to reflect the proportion of 
the vesting period served (although the 
committee has the discretion to disapply 
time prorating if it considers it appropriate 
to do so).

In determining whether an executive 
director should be treated as a good 
leaver and the extent to which their 
award may vest, the committee will take 
into account the circumstances of an 
individual’s departure.

Our recruitment  
remuneration policy
Base salary levels will be set in 
accordance with our remuneration 
policy, taking into account the experience 
and calibre of the individual and the 
relevant market rates at the time. Where 
it is appropriate to offer a lower salary 
initially, progressive increases (possibly 
above those of the wider workforce as 
a percentage of salary) to achieve the 
desired salary positioning may be given 
over the following few years subject to 
individual performance and continued 
development in the role.

Benefits will be provided in line with 
those offered to other employees, with 
relocation expenses/arrangements 
provided for if necessary.

Should it be appropriate to recruit a 
director from overseas, flexibility is 
retained to provide benefits that take 
account of those typically provided in 
their country of residence (e.g. it may be 
appropriate to provide benefits that are 
tailored to the unique circumstances of 
such an appointment).

Pension contributions or a cash 
supplement up to the maximum level 
indicated in the policy table will be 
provided, although the committee 
retains the discretion to structure any 
arrangements as necessary to comply 
with the relevant legislation and market 
practice if an overseas director is 
appointed.

The aggregate ongoing (i.e. after the year 
of appointment) incentive opportunity 
offered to new recruits will be no higher 
than that offered under the annual 
bonus plan and the PSP policy to the 
existing executive directors. In the 
year of appointment the annual bonus 
opportunity will be no higher than that 
offered to existing executive directors, 
prorated for the period of service (i.e. 100 
per cent of salary on an annualised basis). 
The committee may award up to 150  
per cent of salary under the PSP although 

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

79

How are the non-executive directors paid?
The chairman and non-executive directors receive an annual fee (paid in monthly instalments by payroll). The fee for the chairman is 
set by the remuneration committee and the fees for the non-executive directors are approved by the board, on the recommendation of 
the chairman and chief executive officer.

Element

Fees

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation (including maximum levels) 

To attract and retain a 
high-calibre chairman and 
non-executive directors by 
offering market competitive 
fee levels.

Current fee levels are disclosed in the annual report on remuneration.

The chairman and the other non-executive directors receive a basic board fee, with 
supplementary fees payable for additional board responsibilities.

Non-executive directors will be reimbursed for any normal business-related expenses 
and any taxable benefit implications that may result.

The non-executive directors do not participate in any of the Group’s incentive 
arrangements or pension scheme.

The fee levels are reviewed on a periodic basis, and may be increased, taking into 
account factors such as the time commitment of the role and market levels in 
companies of comparable size and complexity. Fee increases may be greater than those 
of the wider workforce in a particular year, reflecting the periodic nature of increases 
and that they take into account changes in responsibility and/or time commitments.

No benefits or other remuneration are provided to non-executive directors.

The Group considers all members of the 
committee to be independent. Executive 
directors may attend remuneration 
committee meetings at the invitation of 
the committee chairman, but do not take 
part in any discussion about their own 
remuneration.

The terms of reference for the 
remuneration committee are available on 
the Company‘s  website.

Advisers to the committee
The committee retained New Bridge 
Street (an Aon plc company) as an 
independent adviser to the remuneration 
committee throughout the year. New 
Bridge Street is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and is 
a signatory to its code of conduct. Neither 
New Bridge Street nor any other part of 
Aon plc provided other services to the 
Group during the year. The fees paid to 
New Bridge Street for work carried out 
during the year 31 March 2015 totalled 
£46,000 (2014: £40,000).

What are the terms of 
appointment of the non-
executive directors?
The chairman and non-executive directors’ 
terms of appointment are recorded in 
letters of appointment. The required notice 
from the Company is one month in all cases. 
The non-executive directors are not entitled 
to any compensation on loss of office.

Shareholding guideline
Executive directors are required to retain 
shares acquired under equity incentive 
schemes until such time they have built 
up a holding equivalent in market value (at 
the date of vesting) to the executive’s base 
salary. Thereafter, the executive directors 
will be under a continuing obligation to 
maintain at least such a holding. The 
requirement underscores the committee’s 
policy to align executive director 
remuneration and shareholder interests.

ANNUAL REMUNERATION 
REPORT
In this section, we report on the 
implementation of our policies in the year 
ended 31 March 2015 as well as how the 
policy will be implemented for 2015/16. The 
regulations require the auditor to report to 
the Group’s shareholders on the auditable 
part of the directors’ remuneration report 
and to state whether, in its opinion, that 
part of the report has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the 

Companies Act 2006. The relevant sections 
subject to audit have been highlighted in 
the annual report on remuneration.

IMPLEMENTATION OF 
POLICY FOR 2014/15
Remuneration committee
Membership, meetings and 
attendance
The Group has an established remuneration 
committee which is constituted in 
accordance with the recommendations of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The members of the remuneration 
committee who served during the year are 
shown below together with their attendance 
at remuneration committee meetings:

Number of meetings attended:

Alun Griffiths (chairman 
from 19 July 2014)
John Dodds
Chris Holt
Kevin Whiteman (from 
19 July 2014)
Tony Osbaldiston (from 
19 July 2014)
Keith Elliott (chairman until 
18 July 2014)
Toby Hayward (until 18 July 
2014)

4/4
4/5*
5/5

3/3

3/3

2/2

2/2

*  John Dodds was unable to attend one meeting 

due to illness.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

80

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ earnings for the 2014/15 financial year (audited) 
Remuneration received by the directors

Year ended 31 March 2015

£000

Salary

Bonus

Fees

Benefits

Pension

LTIPs

Total

Executives
Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
Non-executives
John Dodds
Tony Osbaldiston (from 19/7/14)
Kevin Whiteman (from 19/7/14)
Alun Griffiths (from 1/5/14)
Chris Holt
Toby Hayward (to 19/7/14)
Keith Elliott (to 19/7/14)

356
280
230
230

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,096

231
182
149
189

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
751

—
—
—
—

100
32
32
41
40
18
18
281

23
16
22
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
61

71
50
50
50

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
221

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

681
528
451
469

100
32
32
41
40
18
18
2,410

Taxable benefits primarily include the provision of company cars, fuel for company cars, car allowances and private medical 
insurance. LTIPs reflect those PSP awards vesting based on performance to 31 March 2015.

£000

Salary

Bonus

Fees

Benefits

Pension

LTIPs

Total

Year ended 31 March 2014

Executives
Ian Lawson (from 1/11/13)
Ian Cochrane (from 5/6/13)
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
John Dodds (to 1/11/13)1
Peter Emerson (to 5/6/13)
Non-executives
John Dodds (from 1/11/13)1
Toby Hayward
Keith Elliott
Chris Holt2

146
227
226
226
204
81

—
—
—
—
1,110

50
169
—
—
85
—

—
—
—
—
304

—
—
—
—
—
—

42
60
60
45
207

8
1
25
8
—
4

—
—
—
—
46

29
41
50
50
—
—

—
—
—
—
170

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

233
438
301
284
289
85

42
60
60
45
1,837

Taxable benefits primarily include the provision of company cars, fuel for company cars, car allowances and private medical 
insurance. LTIPs reflect those PSP awards vesting based on performance to 31 March 2014.

1.  John Dodds operated as executive chairman until 1 November 2013 when he reverted to his previous role of non-executive chairman. The salary he received as 

an executive director and the fees he received as a non-executive director have been disclosed separately.

2.  Chris Holt served as chairman of the nomination committee for part of the year for which he was paid an additional fee of £5,000.

Past directors/loss of office payments (audited)
There have been no payments made to past directors or any payment for loss of office.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

81

How pay linked to performance in 2014/15
Bonus
The executive directors received the bonuses set out in the table below, of which 50 per cent has been paid in shares deferred for 
three years.

Under the rules of the Group’s deferred share bonus plan the participants will have beneficial ownership of the shares, the share 
certificates are retained by the Company secretary for a period of three years and, unless otherwise determined by the remuneration 
committee, are subject to forfeiture provisions in the event of termination of employment prior to the expiry of this period.

Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall

£231,000
£182,000
£149,000
£189,000

As reported last year, the bonus plan applicable to the executive directors for 2014/15 had two separate performance conditions:

•	 Eighty per cent was payable on achieving budgeted Group PBT (with exception of Derek Randall who, whilst he remains in India, 
has the profit performance-based component of his bonus split 50/50 between Group PBT and PBT for India). The financial 
element begins to pay out at 95 per cent of budgeted Group PBT, rising to 50 per cent of this element being payable for achieving 
budget and full pay out for achieving 120 per cent of budget.

•	 Twenty per cent was payable based on achieving a target Group AFR (with the exception of Derek Randall who, whilst he remains in 

India, has the AFR-based component of his bonus based on AFR (India)).

Our policy is to disclose annual PBT and AFR targets retrospectively following the end of the performance period, unless, in the view of 
the remuneration committee, this would compromise the commercial position of the Group.

The targets for 2014/15 and the payout against these targets are set out below:

Measure

Group PBT*
Group AFR

% of maximum 
bonus 
opportunity

Performance required

Threshold

On-target

Maximum

80%
20%

£7.7m
0.35

£8.1m
0.35

£9.7m
0.35

Actual

£8.3m
0.21

% of 
bonus paid

56%
100%

Payout 
as % 
of salary

45%
20%

* For Group PBT, ‘threshold’ represents 95% of budget, ‘on-target’ represents 100% of budget and ‘maximum’ represents 120% of budget.

The total bonus payout of 65 per cent of salary above applies to all executive directors with the exception of Derek Randall who, based 
on the year-end results for India achieved 78 per cent of bonus paid for PBT and 100 per cent of bonus paid for AFR (resulting in a 
total bonus payout of 82 per cent of salary).

In determining the achievement of bonus targets for 2014/15, the committee considered what impact, if any, the non-underlying 
remedial costs in relation to the Leadenhall building should have on payout. After careful consideration and after taking external 
advice, the committee determined that bonus should be paid against the achievement of underlying profit before tax targets in 
accordance with the Group’s stated policy. When forming this judgement, the committee considered that these non-underlying costs 
relate to a historic project and where the recognition of the original profit and loss associated with this project did not result in any 
annual bonus payable at the time. If the Group is able to recover any of these costs in the future, any such inflows will not be treated 
as underlying PBT.

PSP
No PSP awards vested in 2014/15. The 2012 PSP award was subject to an EPS performance condition measured over the three 
financial years ended 31 March 2015. The minimum EPS figure required for vesting of 25 per cent of the award was 6.51p (as adjusted 
after the rights issue in March 2013) which equates to a PBT of c.£24m. This target was not achieved and the awards have lapsed.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

82

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ remuneration report

PSP awards granted to directors in 2014/15 (audited)
Share awards were made in the year under the PSP scheme for the three-year period expiring on 31 March 2017. Details of the 
awards made to the executive directors are summarised below.

Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall

Type

Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option
Nil-cost option

Number of 
shares

632,054
372,460
306,298
306,298

% of salary

Face value (£)1

Performance 
condition2

Performance 
period

% vesting at 
threshold

100%
75%
75%
75%

350,000
206,250
169,613
169,613

EPS

3 financial 
years ending 
31 March 
2017

25%

1.  Face value calculated based on the pre-grant date share price of 55.38p on 4 June 2014.

2.  Performance conditions are based on EPS targets of 3.23p (minimum performance – 25% vests) to 6.45p (maximum performance – 100% vests) with linear 

interpolation in between. This represents a PBT range of £12m–£24m.

The PSP and the annual bonus plan contain recovery and withholding (i.e. clawback) provisions which can be applied within a year 
of a PSP award vesting (i.e. within four years of grant) or within a year of a bonus being paid.  Clawback can be applied where it 
becomes apparent that a PSP award or bonus was larger than ought to have been the case due to the Company having materially 
misstated its financial results or made an error in assessing any performance condition or bonus. Clawback can also be applied in the 
case of subsequently discovered misconduct of a relevant individual.  The amount of the relevant clawback would be the net of tax 
amount (or the full amount to the extent that the individual can recover any tax paid) that had effectively been overpaid in the case of 
misstatement or error or would be at the committee’s discretion in the case of misconduct.  Clawback can be imposed by a reduction 
in the amount of any unvested PSP award, a reduction in the amount of any future bonus or by a requirement to pay back the amount 
in question (with a right to deduct from salary).

Outstanding share awards at the year-end (audited)
Details of share awards under the PSP to the executive directors which were outstanding at the year-end are shown in the following table:

Director

Ian Lawson

Total
Ian Cochrane

Total
Alan Dunsmore

Total
Derek Randall

Total

Year of 
award

2013
2014

2011
2012
2013
2014

2011
2012
2013
2014

2011
2012
2013
2014

Vesting date 
(June)

Performance 
condition

Awards held at 
1 April 20141

Awards granted 
in year

Awards lapsed 
in year

Awards vested 
in year

Awards held at 
31 March 2015

2016
2017

2014
2015
2016
2017

2014
2015
2016
2017

2014
2015
2016
2017

EPS
EPS

EPS
EPS
EPS
EPS

EPS
EPS
EPS
EPS

EPS
EPS
EPS
EPS

549,020
—
549,020
120,002
153,181
429,688
—
702,871
213,250
272,209
353,359
—
838,818
213,250
272,209
353,359
—
838,818

—
632,054
632,054
—
—
—
372,460
372,460
—
—
—
306,298
306,298
—
—
—
306,298
306,298

—
—
—
(120,002)
—
—
—
(120,002)
(213,250)
—
—
—
(213,250)
(213,250)
—
—
—
(213,250)

549,020
—
632,054
—
— 1,181,074
—
—
153,181
—
429,688
—
372,460
—
955,329
—
—
—
272,209
—
353,359
—
306,298
—
931,866
—
—
—
272,209
—
353,359
—
306,298
—
931,866
—

1.  2012 awards were adjusted in August 2013 to take into account the dilutive impact of the rights issue.

Performance conditions are based on a range of EPS targets as follows:

2012 award
2013 award1
2014 award2

1.  Represents a PBT range of £8m–£18m.
2.  Represents a PBT range of £12m–£24m.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Threshold 
(25% vests)

Maximum 
(100% vests)

6.51p
2.15p
3.23p

11.71p
4.87p
6.45p

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

83

Directors’ current shareholdings (audited):
The following table provides details on the directors’ beneficial interests in the Company’s share capital as at 31 March 2015:

Executives
Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall
Non-executives
John Dodds
Tony Osbaldiston (from 19/7/14)
Kevin Whiteman (from 19/7/14)
Alun Griffiths (from 1/5/14)
Chris Holt

Owned shares1

Share incentive 
plan (SIP)2

Sharesave 
scheme

DSBP3

PSP4

Total5

82,431
2,708,979
50,000
50,000

319,833
—
—
—
53,097

2,229
9,591
9,591
4,667

—
—
—
—
—

33,003
33,003
33,003
—

23,538
79,593
—
—

1,181,074
955,329
931,866
931,866

1,322,275
3,786,495
1,024,460
986,533

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

319,833
—
—
—
53,097

Includes shares owned by connected persons.

1. 
2.  SIP shares are unvested and held in trust.
3.  The principal terms of the deferred share bonus plan are described on page 76.
4.  PSP shares are in the form of conditional awards which will only vest on the achievement of certain performance conditions.
5.  As at 31 March 2015, only Ian Cochrane satisfies the Company’s shareholding guideline (see page 79). The other executive directors will be required to retain a 

proportion of any net of tax shares which may vest from equity-based plans until the guideline is achieved.

Position against dilution limits 
Severfield plc complies with the Investment Association’s principles of executive remuneration. These principles require that 
commitments under all of the Group’s share ownership schemes (including the share incentive plan (SIP), sharesave scheme and the 
PSP) must not exceed 10 per cent of the issued share capital in any rolling ten-year period. The Group’s position against its dilution 
limit as at 31 March 2015 was well under the maximum 10 per cent limit at 3.6 per cent.

Performance graph
The following graph shows the Group’s performance, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the performance of the 
FTSE SmallCap Index. It is based on the change in the value of a £100 investment made on 31 March 2009 over the six-year period 
ended 31 March 2015.

This index was selected as it represents a broad equity market index and an appropriate comparator group of companies over the 
period.

Total shareholder return 
Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters) 

£
350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

n
r
u
t
e
r

r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
l

a
t
o
T

Mar 2009

Mar 2010

Mar 2011

Mar 2012

Mar 2013

Mar 2014

Mar 2015

 FTSE SmallCap Index

 Severfield plc

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
 
84

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ remuneration report

Chief executive officer remuneration change
The table below shows the total remuneration figure for the chief executive officer role over the same six-year period. Total 
remuneration includes bonus and the value of PSP awards which vested based on performance in those years (at the share price at 
which they vested).

2009
Haughey

2010
Haughey

2011
Haughey

2013
Haughey1

2013
Dodds2,3

2014
Dodds2

2014
Lawson4

2015
Lawson

Total remuneration 
(£000)
Annual bonus (%)
LTIP vesting (%)

1,265
94.8%
100.0%

640
50.1%
100.0%

701
60.5%
—

450
—
—

62
N/A
N/A

289
N/A
N/A

233
34.0%
—

681
34.0%
—

1.  Tom Haughey received compensation of £423,000 for loss of office in accordance with his contract.
2.  John Dodds was appointed executive chairman in an interim capacity following Tom Haughey’s resignation as chief executive officer on 23 January 2013 and 
prior to the appointment of Ian Lawson as chief executive officer on 1 November 2013. During this time he was awarded a discretionary bonus (no maximum 
was set) but was not entitled to any PSP award. These figures do not include his fees as non-executive chairman.

3.  Financial year 2013 represented the 15 month period to 31 March 2013.
4.  Appointed on 1 November 2014.

How the change in chief executive officer pay for the year compares to that of the Group’s 
employees
The table below shows the percentage change in salary, benefits and annual bonus earned between the years ended 31 March 2015 
and 31 March 2014 for the chief executive officer compared to the percentage change of each of those components of pay for a group 
of employees. The committee has selected salaried employees in mainland UK as this geography provides the most appropriate 
comparator.

Chief executive officer
Salary
Benefits
Bonus
Average employees
Salary
Benefits
Bonus

2015
£000

356
23
231

2014
£000

350
8
135

13,735
1,060
1,005

13,301
1,206
665

% change

1.7%
187.5%
71.1%

3.3%
-12.1%
51.1%

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the actual spend on pay for all employees relative to revenue and underlying operating profit before the 
results of JVs and associates:

Staff costs
Revenue
Underlying operating profit
Dividends

2015
£000

53,975
201,535
8,974
—

2014
£000

50,551
231,312
7,621
—

% change

6.8%
-12.9%
17.8%
0.0%

Shareholder voting
The results below show the response to the 2014 AGM shareholder voting for the directors’ 2014 remuneration report (excluding the 
remuneration policy):

For
Against
Total votes cast (for and against)
Withheld votes
Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number 
of votes1 

% of  
votes cast

234,477,651
4,010,504
238,488,155
1,259,500
239,747,655

98.3%
1.7%
100%
N/A
N/A

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

85

The results below show the response to the 2014 AGM shareholder voting for the directors’ 2014 remuneration policy:

For
Against
Total votes cast (for and against)
Withheld votes
Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number 
of votes1 

% of  
votes cast

237,577,309
459,386
238,036,695
1,710,960
239,747,655

99.8%
0.2%
100%
N/A
N/A

1.  A vote abstention is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes cast ‘for’ and ‘against’ a resolution.

Implementation of policy for 2015/16
The executive directors’ current salaries
The salaries of the executive directors will be reviewed in October 2015. Increases will be set in the context of overall salary increases 
for the wider workforce. The previous salary increase was on 1 July 2014.

The executive directors’ salaries at the start of the 2015/16 financial year are as follows:

Ian Lawson
Ian Cochrane
Alan Dunsmore
Derek Randall

£

357,900
281,200
231,250
231,250

Benefits and pension
All executive directors will be entitled to a car allowance of £15,000 (chief executive officer: £18,000), a fuel allowance, life insurance 
cover and medical insurance. A pension contribution of £50,000 will be offered to each executive director, with the exception of Ian 
Lawson who will be offered 20 per cent of basic salary.

Rewards for performance in 2015/16
Bonus
The annual bonus for 2015/16 will operate on the same basis as for 2014/15 and will be consistent with the policy detailed in 
the remuneration policy section of this report in terms of the maximum bonus opportunity, deferral and clawback provisions. The 
measures have been selected to reflect a range of financial and operational goals that support the key strategic objectives of the 
Group.

The performance measures and weightings will be as follows:

Profit performance-based component — 80 per cent
The sliding scale range for bonus targets in 2015/16 is as follows:

Maximum bonus based on actual PBT versus budget

PBT % of budget

95 or below
100
120 or better

% of award

—
50
100

The committee believes that the budget PBT figures are commercially sensitive metrics and therefore are not disclosed at this time. 
Actual target figures will be disclosed on a retrospective basis when these sensitivities have been removed.

Other performance-based component — 20 per cent
AFR (accident frequency rate) will again be used throughout the Group†. 

AFR is an industry recognised and measurable target. The pre-set targets have not been disclosed due to commercial sensitivities. 
Actual target figures will be disclosed on a retrospective basis when these sensitivities have been removed. 

† Whilst Derek Randall remains in India the AFR component of his bonus will be based on AFR (India).

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

86

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Directors’ remuneration report

PSP
It is the committee’s intention to grant PSP awards of 100 per cent of salary for the chief executive officer and 75 per cent of salary for 
other executive directors.

This year we will set a performance condition for a three-year period commencing on 1 April 2015 and ending on 31 March 2018. 
These targets reflect the continuing expected recovery of profitability, recognising that market conditions remain challenging in many 
areas. At the lower threshold, below which no awards will vest, we have set a target EPS equivalent to PBT of £16.0m. If this level is 
achieved 25 per cent of the shares granted will vest. At the higher end the target EPS is set at EPS equivalent to PBT of £24.0m. If 
this is achieved, 100 per cent of the shares granted will vest. Vesting at EPS levels between the lower and upper thresholds will be 
calculated by linear interpolation.

This represents an increase of £4m (33 per cent) in the lower threshold whilst maintaining the threshold at which maximum vesting 
takes place at £24m. This reflects, in the view of the committee, a more realistic performance range whilst maintaining the targets at 
an appropriately stretching level. They will require management to deliver strong, sustainable performance over the period.

How will the non-executive directors be paid in the 2015/16 financial year?
The fees for the chairman and non-executive directors will be as follows:

£

Chairman
Basic fee for other non-executive directors
Additional fee for SID role
Additional fee for chairman of audit, nominations and remuneration committees

Approval
This report was approved by the board of directors and signed on behalf of the board.

Alun Griffiths 
Chairman of the remuneration committee 
17 June 2015

2015

95,000
40,000
5,000
5,000

2014

95,000
40,000
5,000
5,000

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our governance

87

Directors’ responsibilities statement

The directors are responsible for 
preparing the annual report and the 
financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the directors 
are required to prepare the consolidated 
financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation and have elected to prepare 
the parent company financial statements 
in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and applicable law). Under company 
law the directors must not approve the 
accounts unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and the Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group for 
that period.

In preparing the parent company financial 
statements, the directors are required to:

•	 select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

•	 make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;

•	 state whether applicable UK 

Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements; and

•	 prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

In preparing the consolidated financial 
statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that directors:

•	 properly select and apply accounting 

policies;

•	 present information, including 

accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, comparable 
and understandable information;

•	 provide additional disclosures 

when compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs are insufficient 
to enable users to understand the 
impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the 
entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

•	 make an assessment of the Group’s 

ability to continue as a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Group’s 
and the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Group 
and Company to enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and the Company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the Group’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

The directors consider that the annual 
report and financial statements, 
taken as a whole, are fair, balanced 
and understandable and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s and the Group’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy.

Each of the directors listed on pages 52 
and 53 confirms that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

•	 the consolidated and parent company 
financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the relevant financial 
reporting framework, give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of 
the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole; and

•	 the strategic report on pages 3 to 49 
and the directors’ report on pages 
69 to 71 include a fair review of the 
development and performance of 
the business and the position of 
the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole, together with a description of 
the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

By order of the board

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer 
17 June 2015

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director 
17 June 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

88

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Delivering quality service 

This mixed use (office, residential, retail) development 
of around 900,000 square feet consists of five buildings, 
for which the Group is providing the connection design, 
fabrication and construction of just over 7,000 tonnes  
of structural steel. Other services provided include  
metal decking, ‘Seversafe’ edge protection, stairs and  
open mesh flooring.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

89

89

Our financials — Group

Independent auditor’s report 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Consolidated balance sheet 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated cash flow statement 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Five year summary 
Financial calendar 

90 
95 
96 
97 
98 
99 
100 
129 
129 

Project: Nova, Victoria

Sector: Commercial offices

Location: Victoria, London

Tonnage: 7,100

Client: Land Securities

Main contractor: MACE

Completion: September 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

90

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Severfield plc

Opinion on financial statements of Severfield plc

In our opinion:

•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 

31 March 2015 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•	 the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice; and

•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Group financial statements comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 
the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the consolidated cash flow statement and the 
related notes 1 to 31. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is 
applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The parent company financial statements comprise the parent company 
balance sheet and the related notes 1 to15. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

Going concern

As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the directors’ statement contained within the strategic report on page 35 that the 
Group is a going concern. We confirm that:

•	 we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements 

is appropriate; and

•	 we have not identified any material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going 

concern.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

Our assessment of material misstatement

The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, the 
allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team:

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

91

Risk

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

Contract valuation, revenue and 
profit recognition in relation to 
the final outcome of material 
construction contracts (as 
described on page 106 in the 
annual report)

The following judgements can have 
a material impact on the financial 
statements:

We have focused our audit procedures on material contracts based on the following principal 
criteria:

a)  the balance sheet carrying value;

b)  the contribution to profit in the year;

c)  the stage of completion; 

d)  the value at risk identified by management; and 

e)  our assessment of the degree of judgement involved in the contract accounting. 

•	 the stage of completion of 

contracts;

We have:
•	 reviewed the design and implementation of management’s internal controls over contract 

•	 the recoverability of unagreed 

accounting; and

variations and claims;

•	 performed the following substantive audit procedures:

•	 the estimates of future costs to 

•	 agreed revenue recognised on contracts to evidence of third party certifications and cash 

complete; and

receipts;

•	 the outcome of other uncertain 

future events.

•	 challenged management on any revenues recognised which exceed the certified revenue, 
particularly in relation to unagreed variations and claims. This included the inspection of 
variation instructions, enquiries of quantity surveyors and contract managers and liaison 
with internal and external legal advisors;

•	 challenged management on its estimates of future costs to complete. This included review 
of the detailed forecast cost to complete schedules, including agreeing estimates of future 
costs and critical assumptions to supporting evidence, such as agreed third party quotes for 
site work and materials price lists;

•	 performed a retrospective review of previous judgements on contracts to assess the 

historical forecasting accuracy; and

•	 performed a review of subsequent events on contracts that may have a material impact on 

the financial statements up to the date of signing this auditor’s report.  

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

92

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Severfield plc

Risk

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

Impairment of goodwill and other 
non-current assets
The consolidated balance sheet 
includes:

•	 goodwill and intangible assets 

We have:
•	 assessed and challenged management’s assumptions (as described in notes 11 and 15 to the 
financial statements) included in its impairment model for goodwill and intangible assets, 
and the joint venture. These include the trading and cash flow projections, the growth and 
perpetuity rates and the discount factors applied;

of £61.8m; and

•	 compared these to external medium-term growth rate projections for the UK and India, the 

historical trading and cash flow performance of the business units, and the discount rates of 
relevant comparator companies; and

•	 taken into account the Group’s historical budgeting accuracy, including comparing the 

operating profit margin assumed in the order book with historic performance.

We have: 

•	 made enquiries of the directors, management and their legal advisors in relation to the 
Group’s contractual obligations, including contingent liabilities and reimbursements;

•	 reviewed management’s analysis of costs to complete, including challenging the main 

assumptions and considering reasonably possible sensitivities; 

•	 agreed a sample of actual costs incurred  in the period to 31 March 2015 to supporting 

documentation;

•	 compared actual costs incurred with the work plan and the estimated costs to complete, 
and considered the impact of any deviations, up until the date of this audit report; and

•	 considered compliance with:

 — IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ for classification of the costs as non-

underlying; and 

 — IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’  for management’s 

best estimate of the costs to the Group and the disclosure of contingent liabilities and 
reimbursements.

•	 the investment in the Indian 

joint venture of £4.8m 

Management has made its 
annual assessment of the 
impairment risk in relation to 
these carrying values, which 
includes a number of important 
judgements on uncertain future 
events (as described on page 106 
in the annual report). The most 
subjective judgements relate to 
the forecast financial performance 
of the cash-generating units 
(‘CGU’), including the growth 
rates, operating margins and the 
discount rates for future cash 
flows. 

Leadenhall costs
The Group is undertaking a 
remedial works programme to 
replace a number of bolts at the 
Leadenhall building.

The following key judgements 
have been made by the directors 
(as described on page 106 in the 
annual report) in preparing the 
financial statements at 31 March 
2015:

•	 quantification and accrual 

of their best estimate of the 
costs to the Group of the bolt 
replacement programme, 
including the disclosure of 
contingent liabilities and 
reimbursements; and

•	 the classification of these 

costs as non-underlying in the 
income statement.  

The description of risks above should be read in conjunction with the significant issues considered by the audit committee as 
described on page 68 in the annual report.

Our audit procedures relating to these matters were designed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and 
not to express an opinion on individual accounts or disclosures. Our opinion on the financial statements is not modified with respect 
to any of the risks described above, and we do not express an opinion on these individual matters.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

93

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of 
our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

In recent years the Group has reported both profits and losses, and has made adjustments to highlight non-underlying items included 
in its statutory results. In the absence of a stable profit base, we have used Group revenue to determine materiality of £1m by applying 
0.5 per cent (2014: £1m and 0.5 per cent) to turnover for the year. We also sense-checked this materiality threshold by reference to 
the scale of underlying profits and losses in recent years and the directors’ expectations of future profits.  

We agreed with the audit committee that we would report to the committee all audit differences in excess of £20,000 (2014: £20,000), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the audit 
committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. The Group and parent company audits are performed at the Group’s 
head office at Dalton, North Yorkshire. All of the subsidiaries are based in three locations within the UK, together with the joint 
venture based in India, and an associate based in South Yorkshire. 

Full scope audits are completed on all the businesses located in the UK, except for the associate which is scoped out of our Group 
audit procedures on the grounds of materiality. These locations account for 100 per cent of Group revenue, 97 per cent of Group net 
assets and 100 per cent of Group profit before tax. 

The audits of the UK subsidiaries were executed to a component materiality which is less than Group materiality. The joint venture is 
audited by Deloitte Mumbai to a component materiality.

The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of planned visits that has been designed so that the senior statutory auditor 
attends the principal financial reporting locations in the UK and the Indian joint venture each year, including attendance at the audit 
close meetings.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

•	 the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 

2006; and

•	 the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations 
received and accounting records

Directors’ remuneration

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•	 the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records 

and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain 
disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 
We have nothing to report arising from these matters.

Corporate governance statement Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review the part of the corporate governance 

statement relating to the Company’s compliance with ten provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. We have nothing to report arising from our review.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

94

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Independent auditor’s report
to the members of Severfield plc

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

Our duty to read other 
information in the annual report

Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion, information in the annual report is:
•	 materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

•	 apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of 

the Group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

•	 otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies 
between our knowledge acquired during the audit and the directors’ statement that they 
consider the annual report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the annual report 
appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the audit committee which 
we consider should have been disclosed. We confirm that we have not identified any such 
inconsistencies or misleading statements.

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing 
(UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
Ethical Standards for Auditors. We also comply with International Standard on Quality Control 
1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and tools aim to ensure that our quality control 
procedures are effective, understood and applied. Our quality controls and systems include our 
dedicated professional standards review team and independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 
3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are 
free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the parent 
company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; 
the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the 
overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and 
non-financial information in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the 
audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially 
incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course 
of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or 
inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Respective responsibilities of 
directors and auditor

Scope of the audit of the financial 
statements

Paul Feechan 
(Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered accountants and  
statutory auditor 
Newcastle, United Kingdom 
17 June 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

95

Consolidated income statement
Year ended 31 March 2015

Continuing operations

Revenue

Operating costs
Operating profit/(loss) before share 
of results of JVs and associates
Share of results of JVs and 
associates

Operating profit/(loss)

Net finance expense

Profit/(loss) before tax

Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the year 
attributable to the equity holders  
of the parent

Earnings per share:

Basic

Diluted

Note

3

4

15

7

8

10

10

Before
other
items
2015
£000

Other
items
2015
£000

Total
2015
£000

Before
other
items
2014
£000

Other
items
2014
£000

Total
2014
£000

201,535

—

201,535

231,312

—

231,312

(192,561)

(8,502)

(201,063)

(223,691)

(7,729)

(231,420)

8,974

(8,502)

472

7,621

(7,729)

(108)

(213)

8,761

(450)

8,311

(1,449)

—

(8,502)

—

(8,502)

1,784

(213)

259

(450)

(191)

335

(3,038)

4,583

(558)

4,025

(1,427)

(353)

(8,082)

—

(8,082)

2,844

(3,391)

(3,499)

(558)

(4,057)

1,417

6,862

(6,718)

144

2,598

(5,238)

(2,640)

2.31p

2.31p

(2.26p)

(2.26p)

0.05p

0.05p

0.88p

0.88p

(1.77p)

(1.77p)

(0.89p)

(0.89p)

Further details of other items are disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

96

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Year ended 31 March 2015

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme*

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income*

Other comprehensive income for the year

Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to  
equity holders of the parent

*   These items will not be subsequently reclassified to the consolidated income statement.

Note

30

20

Year ended
31 March
2015
£000

Year ended
31 March
2014
£000

(4,471)

1,033

(3,438)

144

(1,261)

(101)

(1,362)

(2,640)

(3,294)

(4,002)

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

97

Consolidated balance sheet
At 31 March 2015

Assets

Non-current assets

  Goodwill

  Other intangible assets

  Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Interests in JVs and associates

  Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Inventories

  Trade and other receivables

  Derivative financial instruments

  Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

  Trade and other payables

  Financial liabilities — borrowings

  Financial liabilities — finance leases

  Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities

  Retirement benefit obligations

  Financial liabilities — finance leases

  Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

At
31 March
2015
£000

At
31 March
2014
£000

Note

11

12

13

13

15

20

16

18

21

21

19

21

21

30

21

20

23

24

54,712

7,088

76,606

—

4,802

1,870

54,712

9,845

74,128

3,870

3,315

1,780

145,078

147,650

4,767

64,530

118

6,884

76,299

221,377

5,842

60,801

—

5,525

72,168

219,818

(58,406)

(51,322)

—

(205)

(1,123)

(59,734)

(5,000)

(181)

(1,422)

(57,925)

(16,477)

(12,533)

(589)

(3,993)
(21,059)

(80,793)

(25)

(5,937)
(18,495)

(76,420)

140,584

143,398

7,437

85,702

1,250

46,195

140,584

7,437

85,702

770

49,489

143,398

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 17 June 2015 and signed on its behalf by:

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

  
 
 
 
98

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Year ended 31 March 2015

At 1 April 2014
Profit for the year (attributable 
to equity holders of the parent)

Equity settled share-based payments
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension 
scheme
Tax relating to components of other 
comprehensive income

At 31 March 2015

At 1 April 2013
Loss for the year (attributable 
to equity holders of the parent)

Proceeds from shares issued

Equity settled share-based payments
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension 
scheme
Tax relating to components of other 
comprehensive income

At 31 March 2014

Share
capital
£000

7,437

—

—

—

—

7,437

Share
capital
£000

2,231

—

5,206

—

—

—

Note

22

30

20

Note

24

30

20

Share
premium
£000

85,702

—

—

—

—

Other
reserves
£000

770

—

480

—

—

85,702

1,250

Share
premium
£000

46,152

—

39,550

—

—

—

Other
reserves
£000

527

—

—

243

—

—

770

Retained
earnings
£000

49,489

144

—

Total
equity
£000

143,398

144

480

(4,471)

(4,471)

1,033

46,195

Retained
earnings
£000

53,491

(2,640)

—

—

1,033

140,584

Total
equity
£000

102,401

(2,640)

44,756

243

(1,261)

(1,261)

(101)

(101)

49,489

143,398

7,437

85,702

The increase in share capital and share premium in the prior year reflect the 7:3 rights issue of 208,252,511 new ordinary shares at 
23p per share which was approved by shareholders on 18 March 2013. The rights issue completed on 5 April 2013, with the Group 
receiving net proceeds of £44,756,000 consisting of gross proceeds of £47,898,000 offset by transaction costs of £3,142,000.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

99

Consolidated cash flow statement
Year ended 31 March 2015

Net cash flow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Investment in JVs and associates

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

New borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds from shares issued

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended
31 March
2015
£000

10,446

Year ended
31 March
2014
£000

2,522

Note

25

4,434

(5,727)

(1,700)

(2,993)

(782)

(312)

—

746

(2,218)

(3,538)

(5,010)

(759)

(194)

5,000

(5,000)

(41,461)

—

(6,094)

44,756

7,342

1,359

5,525

6,884

4,854

671

5,525

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

100

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Year ended 31 March 2015

1. Significant accounting policies
General information
Severfield plc (‘the Company’) is a Company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The address of the 
registered office is provided on page 138. The registered number of the Company is 1721262. The nature of the Group’s operations and 
its principal activities are set out on pages 10 to 19. These financial statements are presented in sterling which is the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which the Group operates.

Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 
The consolidated financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS adopted for use in the European Union and 
therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial 
instruments. The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below. During the year the Group classified the expenses in the 
income statement by their nature in order to improve their presentation; in prior years these were classified by their function.

During the year certain new standards and a number of amendments to IFRS became effective. These are as follows:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated financial statements’

IFRS 11 ‘Joint arrangements’

IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of interests in other entities’

IAS 27 (revised) ‘Consolidated and separate financial statements’

IAS 32 (amended) ‘Financial instruments: presentation’

IAS 36 (amended) ‘Recoverable amount disclosures for non-financial assets’

IAS 39 (amended) ‘Financial instruments: recognition and measurement’

The Group has considered the above new standards and amendments and has concluded that they are either not relevant to the 
Group or that they do not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

The Group’s interest in its jointly controlled entity, JSW Severfield Structures, was previously accounted for using the equity method 
of accounting. Following the adoption of IFRS 11, the jointly controlled entity has been assessed to be a joint venture and hence the 
equity method remains appropriate.

A number of other new and amended IFRS were issued during the year which do not become effective until after 31 March 2015. 
These include:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

IAS 1 (amended) ‘Presentation of financial statements’

IAS 16 (amended) ‘Property, plant and equipment’

IAS 19 (amended) ‘Employee benefits’

IAS 27 (amended) ‘Separate financial statements’

IAS 28 (amended) ’Investments in associates and joint ventures’

IAS 38 (amended) ‘Intangible assets’

IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’

IFRS 10 (amended) ‘Consolidated financial statements’

IFRS 11 (amended) ‘Joint arrangements: accounting for acquisitions of interests in joint operations’

IFRS 12 (amended) ‘Disclosure of interest in other entities’

IFRS 14 ‘Regulatory deferral accounts’

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’

None of these new and amended standards have been adopted early by the Group and none of the new and amended standards are 
likely to have a significant impact on the Group’s future results. The directors have made initial assessments of the impact of IFRS 15 
and do not expect any material quantitative impact to the Group. The Group will perform a detailed review of its significant contracts 
to ensure that the impact and effect of the new standard is fully understood and implemented in advance of the effective date.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

101

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Going concern
After making enquiries, the directors have formed a judgement at the time of approving the consolidated financial statements that 
there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. For this reason the directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

The key factors considered by the directors in making the statement are set out within the financial review on pages 32 to 35.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and the entities controlled by the 
Company made up to the reporting date each year. Control is achieved where the Company has the power over the investee, is exposed 
or has rights to variable return from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Where relevant, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement 
from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line 
with those used by the Group.

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Other items
Other items have been separately identified to provide a better indication of the Group’s underlying business performance. They are 
not considered to be ‘business as usual’ items and have a varying impact on different businesses and reporting periods. They have 
been separately identified as a result of their magnitude, incidence or unpredictable nature.

These non-underlying items are presented as a separate column within their related consolidated income statement category. Their 
separate identification results in the calculation of an underlying profit measure in the same way as it is presented and reviewed by 
management.

Items that may give rise to classification as non-underlying include, but are not limited to, restructuring items, the amortisation of 
acquired intangible assets, rectification and remediation costs on completed contracts, movements in the valuation of derivative 
financial instruments and certain non-recurring legal and consultancy costs. Restructuring items include income and expenses 
arising from Group restructuring activities including redundancy costs, onerous contract and lease provisions and asset gains and 
impairments.

Further details of other items are disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations 
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued 
by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. The acquiree’s identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at 
the acquisition date. 

Investments in joint ventures and associates
An associated company is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control, through 
participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. Significant influence is the power to participate in the 
financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control over those policies. 

A joint venture is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise joint control. The Group has adopted the equity method of 
accounting (as discussed below) for joint ventures and associated companies (together ‘JVs and associates’), in accordance with IAS 11.

The results and assets and liabilities of JVs and associates are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of 
accounting unless it meets the exceptions described in IAS 28. Investments in JVs and associates are carried in the balance sheet at 
cost as adjusted by post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of their net assets, less any impairment in the value of individual 
investments. Losses in excess of the Group’s interest in those JVs and associates are not recognised unless, and only to the extent 
that, the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations on their behalf.

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of the fair values of the identifiable net assets of the JVs and associates 
at the date of acquisition is recognised as goodwill. Any deficiency of the cost of acquisition below the Group’s share of the fair values 
of the identifiable net assets of the JVs and associates at the date of acquisition (i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited in the 
consolidated income statement in the period of acquisition.

The consolidated income statement includes the Group’s share of the JVs and associates profit less losses while the Group’s share of 
the net assets of the JVs and associates is shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

102

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Goodwill
The Group recognises goodwill at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately as a loss and is not subsequently reversed.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less 
than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to 
the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment 
loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary, associate or jointly controlled entity, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination 
of the profit or loss on disposal.

Negative goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for goods and services provided, net of sales taxes, 
rebates and discounts, after eliminating revenue within the Group.

Revenue from construction contracts is recognised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy on construction contracts  
(see below).

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ rights to receive payment have been established.

Construction contracts
Revenue represents the gross value of work performed (including retentions) during the reporting period and is normally determined 
by qualified management assessment, taking into account customer certifications to date.

The general principles for profit recognition are as follows:

•	 Revenues on contracts are recognised on a percentage of completion basis when the contract’s outcome can be estimated reliably. 

•	 Provision is made for total losses incurred or foreseen in bringing the contract to completion as soon as they become apparent.

•	 Variations are included in forecast contract revenues when it is considered probable that the customer will approve the variation 

and the amount of revenue arising from the variation, and the amount of revenue can be reliably measured.

•	

Incentive payments are included in forecast contract revenues when the contract is sufficiently advanced that it is probable that 
the specified performance standards will be met or exceeded and the amount of the incentive payment can be reliably measured. 

•	 Claims receivable are recognised as income when negotiations have reached an advanced stage such that it is probable that the 
customer will accept the claim, and the amount that it is probable will be accepted by the customer can be measured reliably. 

•	 Rectification work which is reasonably foreseeable is provided for as a cost of the contract and taken into account when assessing 

its overall profitability. Claims for rectification arising after the end of a contract and which have not been provided for are 
recognised as losses as they arise. 

When determining whether a contract’s outcome can be estimated reliably, management considers a number of indicators including 
the stage of completion of the contract to provide assurance over the reliability of costs to complete, cumulative cash received and 
agreed certifications, the inherent risk in certain industry sectors and whether certain contract milestones have been satisfied.

All costs relating to contracts are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred, except where they relate to future 
activity on a contract, in which case they are recognised as an asset provided it is probable that they will be recovered. Where the 
outcome of a contract cannot be reliably estimated, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent that contract costs incurred are 
expected to be recovered. 

Percentage of completion is determined by reference to the contract costs incurred to date (the proportion that estimated total 
contract costs are accounted for by contract costs incurred for work performed to date). Only those contract costs that reflect work 
performed are included in costs incurred to date.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

103

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Total expected contract costs are initially determined by the estimating function during the contract tender process. At launch, 
responsibility for the contract is handed over to the commercial function (consisting of qualified quantity surveyors) which, on an 
ongoing basis, reassesses the expected contract costs as the contract progresses, taking into account the risks identified in contract 
risk registers.

The assessment of the final outcome of each contract is determined by regular review of the revenues and costs to complete that 
contract. Regular monthly contract reviews form an integral part of the contract forecasting procedures.

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 
to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Amounts payable under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases are capitalised in the balance sheet at fair value and depreciated 
in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy. The capital element of the leasing commitment is included as obligations under 
finance leases. The rentals payable are apportioned between interest, which is charged to the income statement, and capital, which 
reduces the outstanding obligation.

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates two defined contribution pension schemes and costs of these schemes are charged to the income statement in 
the period in which they are incurred.

The Group has a defined benefit pension scheme which is now closed. The liability recognised in the balance sheet comprises the 
present value of the defined benefit pension obligation, determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows using the market 
yield on a high quality corporate bond, less the fair value of the scheme assets.

The cost of providing benefits recognised within operating costs in the income statement and the defined benefit obligations are 
determined at the reporting date by independent actuaries, using the projected unit credit method.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the period in which they occur in the statement of comprehensive income.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes 
items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted 
for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised. 

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax 
profit nor the accounting profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
These are determined based on future changes in tax rates that have been enacted rather than simply future changes that have been 
proposed but not enacted. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or 
credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax 
assets and liabilities on a net basis.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

104

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are declared, appropriately authorised 
and no longer at the discretion of the Company.

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings held for use in the production or supply of goods or services, or for administrative purposes, and plant and 
machinery are currently stated at cost in the balance sheet. Depreciation on buildings is included within operating costs.

Depreciation is provided on other property, plant and equipment to write off the cost of each asset over its estimated useful life at the 
following rates:

Freehold buildings/investment properties
Plant and machinery
Fixtures, fittings and office equipment
Computer equipment
Motor vehicles
Site safety equipment

1 per cent straight-line
10 per cent straight-line
10 per cent written down value
20 per cent straight-line
 25 per cent written down value
20 per cent straight-line

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or, where 
shorter, over the term of the relevant lease.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and is included within operating costs.

Investment property
Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation, is stated at cost less provision for 
impairment. Depreciation is charged annually based on the Group’s stated depreciation policy together with an annual impairment 
review. Where properties have been impaired below cost and are being held at directors’ valuation, the directors have taken 
appropriate external guidance on the likely current value of properties. 

Intangibles
The Group recognises intangible assets at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Intangible assets acquired 
through acquisitions arise as a result of applying IFRS 3 which requires the separate recognition of intangible assets from goodwill.

Other acquired intangible assets include software costs.

Intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

Customer relationships
Brands
Know-how
Software costs

Amortisation 
period

10 years
25 years
10 years
7 years

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there 
is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows 
that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset 
belongs. An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication that 
the asset may be impaired.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of 
the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately, 
unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

105

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the 
revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal 
of an impairment loss is recognised as income immediately, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case 
the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct 
labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net 
realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, 
selling and distribution.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are classified as loans and receivables, and therefore measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, 
including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for in the income statement using the 
effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period 
in which they arise. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating 
interest over the relevant period.

Trade payables
Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Share-based payment transactions
The Group issues equity settled share-based payments. These share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant 
based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. The fair value determined is then expensed in the consolidated 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Further details regarding 
the determination of the fair value of equity settled share-based transactions are set out in note 22.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will 
be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the 
obligation at the balance sheet date, and, as appropriate, are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into certain foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its exposure to currency movements. Further details of 
derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 21.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to 
their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

106

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

2. Critical accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires management to make judgements, assumptions and estimates that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates. Assumptions and estimates are reviewed on an ongoing basis and any revisions to them are recognised 
in the period in which they are revised.

The following items are those that management consider to be critical due to the level of judgement and estimation required:

Revenue and profit recognition
Recognition of revenue and profit is based on judgements made in respect of the ultimate profitability of a contract. Such judgements 
are arrived at through the use of estimates in relation to the costs and value of work performed to date and to be performed in 
bringing contracts to completion. These estimates are made by reference to recovery of pre-contract costs, surveys of progress 
against the construction programme, changes in work scope, the contractual terms under which the work is being performed, 
including the recoverability of any unagreed income from variations and the likely outcome of discussions on claims, costs incurred 
and external certification of the work performed.

The Group has appropriate internal control procedures over the determination of each of the above variables to ensure that profit 
take as at the balance sheet date and the extent of future costs to contract completion are reasonably and consistently determined 
and subject to appropriate review and authorisation.

Impairment of goodwill and other non-current assets
Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, along with the intangible assets and other assets of the Group’s cash-generating 
units. The Group’s investment in its Indian joint venture has also been reviewed for impairment.

Determining whether goodwill or other non-current assets are impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the business 
being tested for impairment and of the cash-generating units to which these assets have been allocated. The value in use calculation 
requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit, taking into account the 
achievability of long-term business plans and macroeconomic assumptions underlying the valuation process, and a suitable discount 
rate in order to calculate present value. The discount rates used are based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted to 
reflect the specific economic environment of the relevant cash-generating unit.

The carrying amount of goodwill at the balance sheet date was £54,712,000 and of intangible assets arising from acquisitions was 
£6,573,000. The carrying value of the Group’s investment in the Indian joint venture was £4,802,000 at the balance sheet date.

Disclosure of other (non-underlying) items
The Group has presented certain items of a one-off and material nature as non-underlying items in the income statement and notes 
to the consolidated financial statements. These items have been disclosed because the directors view their presentation as relevant 
to the understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance. Judgement is required to determine which items are disclosed 
as one-off. Inclusion within this category is restrictive and is applied consistently.

One-off items before tax recognised in the year ended 31 March 2015 were £8,502,000 (2014: £8,082,000).

Recognition of deferred tax assets
The carrying values of deferred tax assets on the balance sheet are dependent on the estimates of future taxable profits arising from 
the Group’s operations. The realisation of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits. The 
Group recognises deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that the benefit will be realised.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets at the balance sheet date was £1,870,000 (2014: £1,780,000).

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group’s defined benefit pension scheme has been valued in accordance with IAS 19 ‘Employee benefits’. The benefit obligation 
is calculated using a number of assumptions including increases in pension benefits, mortality rates and inflation and the future 
investment returns from the scheme’s assets. The present value of the benefit obligations is calculated by discounting the benefit 
obligation using market rates on relevant AA corporate bonds at the balance sheet date.

The scheme’s assets are valued at market rates at the balance sheet date. Effects of changes in the actuarial assumptions underlying 
the benefit obligation, discount rates and the difference between expected and actual returns on the scheme’s assets are classified 
as actuarial gains and losses.

The defined benefit obligation recognised at the balance sheet date was £16,477,000 (2014: £12,533,000).

Of the items discussed above, revenue and profit recognition (including the assessment of the remedial costs for the Leadenhall 
building) and retirement benefit obligations represent the key sources of estimation uncertainty.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

107

3. Revenue and segmental analysis
Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Revenue from construction contracts

Total revenue

Other operating income (note 4)

Interest received (note 7)

Total income

2015
£000

201,535

201,535

2014
£000

231,312

231,312

403

7

541

7

201,945

231,860

Segmental results
Following adoption of IFRS 8, the Group has identified its operating segments as those upon which the executive committee (the chief 
operating decision maker) regularly assesses performance.

The Group has deemed it appropriate to aggregate its operating segments into one reported segment (construction contracts). The 
constituent operating segments have been aggregated as they have businesses with similar products and services, production 
processes, types of customer, methods of distribution, regulatory environments and economic characteristics.

Revenues by product group
All revenue is derived from construction contracts and related assets.

Geographical information
The Group’s revenue from external customers is detailed below:

Revenue by destination:

United Kingdom

Republic of Ireland and mainland Europe

Other countries

2015
£000

2014
£000

194,974

218,916

5,459

1,102

9,867

2,529

201,535

231,312

All revenue originated from the United Kingdom and all non-current assets of the Group are located in the United Kingdom.

Information about major customers
Included in Group revenue is £43,075,000 relating to sales to one major customer, which individually contributed to more than 10  
per cent of Group revenue in the year ended 31 March 2015. In the prior year, no single customer individually contributed to more than 
10 per cent of Group revenue.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

108

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

4. Operating costs

Raw materials and consumables (including subcontractor costs)
Staff costs
Other operating charges
Amortisation of other intangible assets (note 12)
Operating lease expense:
— plant and machinery
— other 
Depreciation (note 13):
— owned property, plant and equipment
— property, plant and equipment held under finance leases
— investment property
Other operating income
Operating costs before other items
Other items

Other operating charges include:
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for other services:
— the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
— audit-related assurance services
— taxation compliance services
— other taxation advisory services

2015
£000

109,717
53,975
22,499
137

1,354
1,650

3,442
180
10
(403)
192,561
8,502
201,063

17

148
35
39
52

2014
£000

139,456
48,087
29,330
137

1,744
1,857

3,496
85
40
(541)
223,691
7,729
231,420

17

148
30
45
67

Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and their associates for non-audit services to the Company are not required to be disclosed because the 
consolidated financial statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis. 

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

109

5. Other items

Contract remedial costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets (note 12)

Restructuring and redundancy costs

Retirement of acquired intangible asset (note 12)

Impairment of investment in associates (note 15)

Movements in the valuation of derivative financial instruments (note 21)

Other items before tax

Tax on other items

Other items after tax

2015
£000

6,000

2,620

—

—

—

(118)

8,502

(1,784)

6,718

2014
£000

—

2,748

2,611

2,370

353

—

8,082

(2,844)

5,238

The contract remedial costs relate to a programme of bolt replacement works at the Leadenhall building, a contract that was 
completed in 2013. They are treated as non-underlying costs in accordance with the Group’s stated policy. This programme is being 
undertaken in conjunction with British Land, Laing O’Rourke and Arup and is likely to continue until the end of the calendar year. 
The liability of the Group and the other parties for the programme costs has not yet been determined and, therefore, the charge 
represents certain costs incurred at year-end, together with management’s best estimate of the remaining cost to the Group. This is 
based on the current requirements of the programme and before taking account of potential future recoveries, as these cannot be 
recognised under IFRS.

Restructuring and redundancy costs in the prior year arose on the reorganisation of the Group’s largest business, Severfield (UK) 
(formerly Severfield–Watson Structures), in May 2013. This resulted in the reduction in factory capacity by approximately 10 per cent 
and a reduction in headcount of 84 people.

The prior year retirement of the acquired intangible asset for the Fisher Engineering brand arose following the rebranding exercise 
undertaken by the Group in 2014.

During the prior year, Kennedy Watts Partnership, a company in which the Group had a holding of 25.1 per cent, went into 
administration. Accordingly, an impairment charge of £353,000 was recognised which represented the Group’s historical investment 
in the associate.

6. Staff costs
Details of directors’ remuneration for the year are provided in the audited part of the directors’ remuneration report on page 80.

The average number of persons employed by the Group (including executive directors) during the year was:

Production and site

Sales and administration

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Employee remuneration costs under share-based payment schemes are set out in note 22.

2015
Number

1,119

93

1,212

2015
£000

46,824

5,227

1,924

53,975

2014
Number

1,105

98

1,203

2014
£000

43,929

4,938

1,684

50,551

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

110

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

7. Net finance expense

Finance income — interest receivable

Finance expense — interest and other costs in relation to bank borrowings

8. Taxation
a) The taxation credit comprises:

Current tax

UK corporation tax

Adjustments to prior years’ tax provisions

Deferred tax (note 20)

Current year credit 

Impact of reduction in future years’ tax rates

Adjustments to prior years’ provisions

b) Tax reconciliation
The credit for the year can be reconciled to the loss per the income statement as follows:

Loss before tax

Tax on loss on ordinary activities at standard UK corporation tax rate

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Tax effect of share of results of JVs and associates

Unprovided deferred tax movement

Adjustments to prior years’ provisions

Rate differences

Corporation tax was calculated at 21 per cent (2014: 23 per cent) of the estimated taxable result for the year.

2015
£000

(7)

457

450

2015
£000

(512)

(154)

(666)

573

—

428

1,001

335

2015
£000

(191)

40

(136)

29

128

274

—

335

2014
£000

(7)

565

558

2014
£000

(1,025)

7

(1,018)

1,319

1,066

50

2,435

1,417

2014
£000

(4,057)

933

(374)

(657)

392

57

1,066

1,417

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

111

9. Dividends
No dividends were either paid or declared for the year ended 31 March 2014.  No interim dividend was either paid or declared for the 
six months ended 30 September 2014.

The directors are recommending a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2015 of 0.5p per share which 
will amount to an estimated dividend payment of £1,488,000. If approved by the shareholders at the annual general meeting on 2 
September 2015, this dividend will be paid on 11 September 2015 to shareholders who are on the register of members at 14 August 
2015. This dividend is not reflected in the balance sheet as at 31 March 2015 as it is subject to shareholder approval.

10. Earnings per share
Earnings per share is calculated as follows:

Earnings for the purposes of basic earnings per share being net profit/(loss)
attributable to equity holders of the parent company
Earnings for the purposes of underlying basic earnings per share being underlying
net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

2015
£000

144

2014
£000

(2,640)

6,862

2,598

Number

Number

Number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

297,503,587 295,791,922

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

297,503,587 295,791,922

Basic earnings per share

Underlying basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Underlying diluted earnings per share

Reconciliation of earnings

Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Other items

Underlying net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Further details of other items are provided in note 5.

0.05p

2.31p

0.05p

2.31p

2015
£000

144

6,718

6,862

(0.89p)

0.88p

(0.89p)

0.88p

2014
£000

(2,640)

5,238

2,598

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

112

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

11. Goodwill
The carrying value of goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) as follows:

On the Fisher Engineering acquisition in 2007

On the Atlas Ward acquisition in 2005

On the Watson Steel Structures acquisition in 2001

£000

47,980

6,571

161

54,712

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The Group considers that the cash flows of the legacy Fisher Engineering and Severfield (UK) operations are so closely related that 
they should be treated as a group of CGUs for the purposes of goodwill impairment testing.

The recoverable amounts of goodwill are determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use 
calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the 
year. The directors estimate discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the CGUs. Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations on future 
changes in the market. 

The Group prepares forecast cash flows based on the following year’s budget, approved by the directors, together with cash flows 
based on budgets for the following two years which are derived from the directors’ views on revenue prospects until March 2018. After 
this period, cash flows have been extrapolated using a growth rate of 1.5 per cent (2014: 1.5 per cent) which does not exceed the long-
term growth rate for the relevant markets. The cash flow forecasts have been discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 10 per cent 
(2014: 10 per cent).

Following the impairment reviews performed by the Group, no impairment charge was recorded in the year ended 31 March 2015.

Management considers that no reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would cause the goodwill attached to the above 
CGUs to fall below their carrying value at 31 March 2015.

12. Other intangible assets

Cost
At 1 April 2013
Additions
At 1 April 2014
Additions
At 31 March 2015

Amortisation
At 1 April 2013
Charge for the year
Retirements
At 1 April 2014
Charge for the year
At 31 March 2015

Carrying amount 
At 31 March 2015
At 31 March 2014

Intangible assets
acquired on
acquisition
£000

Other
intangible 
assets
£000

39,000
—
39,000
—
39,000

24,689
2,748
2,370
29,807
2,620
32,427

6,573
9,193

883
—
883
—
883

94
137
—
231
137
368

515
652

Total
£000

39,883
—
39,883
—
39,883

24,783
2,885
2,370
30,038
2,757
32,795

7,088
9,845

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

113

12. Other intangible assets continued
The intangible assets acquired on acquisition arise as a result of applying IFRS 3 which requires the separate recognition of acquired 
intangibles from goodwill. The Group’s acquired intangible assets are as follows:

Cost 
At 1 April 2014 and 31 March 2015

Customer 
relationships
£000

Brands
£000

Order book
£000

Know-how
£000

Total
£000

25,800

3,200

9,600

400

39,000

Amortisation
At 1 April 2013
Charge for the year
Retirements
At 1 April 2014
Charge for the year
At 31 March 2015

Net book value
At 31 March 2015
At 31 March 2014

14,167
2,580
—
16,747
2,580
19,327

6,473
9,053

702
128
2,370
3,200
—
3,200

—
—

9,600
—
—
9,600
—
9,600

—
—

220
40
—
260
40
300

100
140

24,689
2,748
2,370
29,807
2,620
32,427

6,573
9,193

During the prior year, the intangible asset of £2,370,000 relating to the Fisher Engineering brand was retired as a result of the 
rebranding of the Group and the renaming of its main operating businesses.

Amortisation and retirement of acquired intangibles is included in the consolidated income statement as part of operating costs and 
is classified as other items (see note 5).

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

114

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

13. Property, plant and equipment (including investment property)

Cost 
At 1 April 2013
Additions
Disposals
At 1 April 2014
Additions
Disposals
At 31 March 2015

Accumulated depreciation 
At 1 April 2013
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 1 April 2014
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31 March 2015

Carrying amount
At 31 March 2015
At 31 March 2014

Plant and
machinery
£000

Fixtures, 
fittings
and office
equipment
£000

Freehold 
and long 
leasehold
land and
buildings
£000

66,189
164
(169)
66,184
62
(215)
66,031

2,941
503
—
3,444
527
—
3,971

Investment
property
£000

6,197
—
—
6,197
—
(6,197)
—

2,287
40
—
2,327
10
(2,337)
—

30,347
1,895
(776)
31,466
5,211
(887)
35,790

19,086
2,680
(459)
21,307
2,762
(716)
23,353

—
3,870

62,060
62,740

12,437
10,159

Motor
vehicles
£000

1,952
84
(556)
1,480
62
(587)
955

1,096
244
(392)
948
148
(446)
650

Total
£000

106,545
2,218
(1,501)
107,262
6,627
(7,886)
106,003

26,494
3,621
(851)
29,264
3,632
(3,499)
29,397

305
532

76,606
77,998

1,860
75
—
1,935
1,292
—
3,227

1,084
154
—
1,238
185
—
1,423

1,804
697

The net book value of the Group’s plant and machinery includes £1,174,000 (2014: £589,000) of assets held under finance leases.

On 23 June 2014, the Group sold its sole investment property in Leeds for a gross consideration of £3,830,000. This resulted in a small 
loss on disposal after taking into account transaction costs.

14. Subsidiaries
The Company has investments in the following significant subsidiary undertakings. All of the companies listed are registered in 
England and Wales.

Severfield (UK) Limited
Severfield (Design & Build) Limited
Severfield (NI) Limited

— steel fabrication and construction
— steel fabrication
— steel fabrication and construction

The Company owns the whole of the issued share capital of the subsidiaries noted above.

15. Interests in JVs and associates
The Group has an interest in an associated company and a joint venture as follows:

Associated companies:

Fabsec Limited — development of fire beam

Joint venture:
JSW Severfield Structures Limited — structural steelwork serving the Indian market

Holding %

25.0

50.0

Class of capital

Ordinary

Ordinary

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

115

15. Interests in JVs and associates continued
On 17 November 2008 a formal agreement was signed in India with JSW Building Systems Limited (a subsidiary of JSW Steel Limited 
of India) to form a 50/50 joint venture, JSW Severfield Structures Limited, to create a structural steelwork business in Bellary and 
Mumbai, India, serving primarily the Indian market. 

JSW Severfield Structures Limited is registered in India, and during the year the Group invested a further £1,700,000 (2014: 
£3,538,000) in the joint venture. As a result of the loss of £213,000 recorded during the year, the Group’s investment in the Indian joint 
venture of £4,802,000 has been reviewed for impairment. The recoverable amount of the investment is determined from value in use 
calculations which are based on the following year’s budget, together with financial projections for 2017 to 2019. The calculations 
assume a long-term growth rate of 1.5 per cent from 2020 onwards and a pre-tax discount rate of 10 per cent. Following this review, 
no impairment charge was recorded in the year ended 31 March 2015 (2014: £nil). Management considers that no reasonably 
possible change in the key assumptions would result in an impairment, whilst recognising that the achievement of the forecasts is 
dependent on the move to a sustainable profit position.

Share of net
assets/
(liabilities)
£000

Loans to
associate
undertaking
£000

Goodwill
£000

At 1 April 2013

Net assets acquired

Losses retained

Impairment of investment in associates

At 1 April 2014

Net assets acquired

Losses retained

At 31 March 2015

251

—

—

(251)

—

—

—

—

The Group’s share of the retained loss for the year of JVs and associates is made up as follows:

Share of results

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s JVs and associates is as follows:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Group’s share of net assets

Revenue

Profit/(loss) after tax

Group’s share of loss after tax

2,846

3,538

(3,038)

(31)

3,315

1,700

(213)

4,802

Fabsec
Limited
£000

—

71

—

—

(71)

—

—

—

—

JSW 
Severfield
Structures 
Limited
£000

(213)

2015
£000

28,868

26,081

(32,111)

(15,993)

6,845

3,688

42,365

181

(213)

There were no contingent liabilities or capital commitments (2014: none) associated with the Group’s JVs and associates.

Total
£000

3,168

3,538

(3,038)

(353)

3,315

1,700

(213)

4,802

Total
£000

(213)

2014
£000

22,002

23,984

(26,672)

(16,848)

2,466

1,575

27,911

(5,871)

(3,038)

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

116

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

16. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Work-in-progress

17. Construction contracts

Contracts-in-progress at balance sheet date:

Amounts due from construction contract customers included in trade and other receivables
Amounts due to construction contract customers included in trade and other payables

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date
Less: progress billings received

18. Trade and other receivables 

Amounts due from construction contract customers (note 17):

— Current amounts receivable in respect of progress billings

— Retentions due within one year

— Retentions due after one year

Total

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Amounts due from JVs and associates

2015
£000

4,075

692

4,767

2014
£000

3,832

2,010

5,842

2015
£000

2014
£000

60,440
(5,074)
55,366

55,154
(386)
54,768

356,840
(301,474)
55,366

412,310
(357,542)
54,768

2015
£000

2014
£000

55,130

3,599

1,711

60,440

626

3,219

245

50,361

2,822

1,971

55,154

2,531

2,841

275

64,530

60,801

In the prior year, other receivables included the fair value of a financial guarantee of £2,200,000, which represented the estimated 
equity payments during the year ended 31 March 2015 to the Indian joint venture (JSW Severfield Structures Limited). A 
corresponding liability of £2,200,000 was included within other creditors (see note 19).

The average credit period taken on revenue, calculated on a count-back basis to make appropriate allowance for monthly revenue 
phasing, is 82 days (2014: 70 days). No interest is charged on receivables.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Before accepting any new customer, the Group uses an external credit rating agency to assess the potential customer’s credit quality 
and defines credit limits by customer. It is Group policy that adequate credit insurance is taken out on all customers to manage the 
exposure that may arise as the contractual work proceeds. Accordingly, no bad debt provisions are held or expenses incurred. The 
Group’s executive risk committee reviews situations where adequate credit insurance on the Group’s customers cannot be purchased 
in the present economic climate as required.

Due to the nature of the business involving applications for payment, contractually overdue amounts within trade and other 
receivables are limited to retentions. The Group has rigorous procedures in place for monitoring and obtaining settlement of 
retentions in a prompt manner. 

Overdue retentions at 31 March 2015 were £0.2m (2014: £0.1m).

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

117

19. Trade and other payables

Trade creditors

Other taxation and social security

Other creditors and accruals

Payments in advance (note 17)

2015
£000

32,255

3,562

17,515

5,074

58,406

2014
£000

34,554

3,136

13,246

386

51,322

Other creditors and accruals includes contract remedial costs associated with the programme of bolt replacement works at the 
Leadenhall building (see note 5).

During the prior year, the Group provided an undertaking, not exceeding £3,500,000, to secure a loan facility of the Indian joint venture 
(JSW Severfield Structures Limited) until 31 March 2016. Other creditors in the prior year included the fair value of this financial 
guarantee of £2,200,000 which represented the estimated equity payments to the joint venture during the year ended 31 March 
2015 (see note 18). Equity payments during the year ended 31 March 2015 were £1,700,000 (see note 15). Based on the latest cash 
flow projections, no further equity payments are scheduled before the expiry of the financial guarantee. Accordingly, its fair value is 
considered to be £nil.

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

The average credit period taken for trade purchases, calculated on a count-back basis to make appropriate allowance for monthly 
revenue phasing, is 58 days (2014: 59 days).

20. Deferred tax liabilities
The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the current 
and prior reporting period.

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax is disclosed in the balance sheet as follows:

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax asset — trading losses

2015
£000

(7,615)

5,492

(2,123)

2015
£000

(3,993)

1,870

(2,123)

2014
£000

(8,443)

4,286

(4,157)

2014
£000

(5,937)

1,780

(4,157)

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

118

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

20. Deferred tax liabilities continued

At 1 April 2013

Credit/(charge) to income statement

Credit to equity

Effect of change in tax rate

Reclassification

At 1 April 2014

Credit/(charge) to income statement

Credit to equity
At 31 March 2015

Excess capital 
allowances
£000

(7,937)

515

 –

1,035

–

(6,387)

86

–
(6,301)

Acquired 
intangible 
assets
£000

(3,292)

1,178

–

276

–

(1,838)

524

–
(1,314)

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£000

2,716

(108)

252

(354)

–

2,506

(106)

894
3,294

Trading 
losses
£000

1,840

152

–

(212)

–

1,780

90

–
1,870

Other timing 
differences
£000

120

(368)

–

(32)

62

(218)

407

139
328

Total
£000

(6,553)

1,369

252

713

62

(4,157)

1,001

1,033
(2,123)

The deferred tax assets reducing the deferred tax liability relate to 20 per cent (2014: 20 per cent) of the Group’s deficit on its defined 
benefit retirement scheme, trading losses carried forward and other timing differences. The tax losses on which a deferred tax asset 
has been recognised do not expire. Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the utilisation of 
the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. In determining the amounts of deferred tax assets to be recognised, 
management uses historical profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results, based on approved budgets and 
forecasts, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets in respect of trading losses amounted to £1,302,000 (2014: £1,430,000). These have not been 
recognised as a result of the unpredictability of future profit streams against which these losses may be utilised.

21. Financial instruments
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while optimising the 
return to stakeholders. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and 
equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings.

The board reviews the capital structure of the Group on a semi-annual basis. As part of this review, it considers the cost of capital and 
the risks associated with each class of capital. The Group monitors capital using the following indicators:

i) Gearing ratio

Borrowings
Cash and cash equivalents
Unamortised debt arrangement fees
Finance leases
Net funds
Equity
Net debt to equity ratio

2015
£000

—
6,884
273
(794)
6,363
140,584
N/A

2014
£000

(5,000)
5,525
—
(206)
319
143,398
N/A

Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group attributable to equity holders of the parent. There are no externally imposed 
capital requirements.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

119

21. Financial instruments continued
ii) Return on capital employed
Underlying operating profit plus share of post-tax results from JVs and associates divided by the average of opening and closing 
capital employed. Capital employed is defined as shareholders’ equity after adding back retirement benefit obligations (net of tax), 
acquired intangible assets and net funds.

Underlying operating profit
Share of results of JVs and associates

Capital employed:
Shareholders’ equity
Cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings
Net funds
Retirement benefit obligations (net of deferred tax) (note 30)
Acquired intangible assets (note 12)

Average capital employed
Return on capital employed

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts due from construction contract customers (note 17)

Derivative financial instruments

Unamortised debt arrangement fees 

Financial liabilities

Trade creditors (note 19)

Other creditors and accruals (note 19)

Borrowings

Finance leases

2015
£000

8,974
(213)
8,761

140,584
(6,884)
794
(6,090)
13,183
(6,573)
141,104
142,509
6.1%

2014
£000

7,621
(3,038)
4,583

143,398
(5,525)
5,206
(319)
10,027
(9,193)
143,913
140,944
3.3%

Carrying value

2015
£000

6,884

60,440

118

273

(32,255)

(17,515)

—

(794)

2014
£000

5,525

55,154

—

—

(34,554)

(13,246)

(5,000)

(206)

The Group’s financial instruments consist of borrowings, cash, unamortised debt arrangement fees items that arise directly from its 
operations and derivative financial instruments. Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and trade and other payables 
generally have short terms to maturity. For this reason their carrying values approximate to fair value. The Group’s borrowings relate 
principally to amounts drawn down against its revolving credit facility, the carrying amounts of which approximate to their fair values by 
virtue of being floating rate instruments.

The Group is required to analyse financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into 
levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

•	 Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or 

liabilities;

•	 Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable 

for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•	 Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are 

not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Derivative financial instruments are the only instruments valued at fair value through profit or loss, and are valued as such on initial 
recognition. These relate to foreign currency forward contracts measured using quoted forward exchange rates and yield curves 
matching the maturities of the contracts. These derivative financial instruments are categorised as level 2 financial instruments. 
Except for derivative financial instruments, the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities are recorded at 
amortised cost in the consolidated financial statements.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

120

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

21. Financial instruments continued
General risk management principles
The board has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. A formal risk 
assessment and management framework for assessing, monitoring and managing the strategic, operational and financial risks of 
the Group is in place to ensure appropriate risk management of its operations. Internal control and risk management systems are 
embedded in the operations of the divisions.

Financial risks and management
The Group has exposure to a variety of financial risks through the conduct of its operations. Risk management is governed by the 
Group’s operational policies, which are subject to periodic review by the board of directors.

Credit risk
The Group’s primary exposure to credit risk arises from the potential for non-payment or default from construction contract debtors. 
The degree to which the Group is exposed to this credit risk depends on the individual characteristics of the contract counterparty 
and the nature of the project. The Group’s credit risk is also influenced by the general macroeconomic conditions. The Group does 
not have significant concentration of risk in respect of amounts due from construction contract customers at the reporting date with 
them being spread across a wide range of customers. Due to the nature of the Group’s operations, it is normal practice for customers 
to hold retentions in respect of contracts completed. Retentions held by customers at 31 March 2015 were £5,310,000 (2014: 
£4,793,000).

The Group manages its exposure to credit risk through the application of its credit risk management policies which specify the 
minimum requirements in respect of the creditworthiness of potential customers, assessed through reports from credit agencies, 
and the timing and extent of progress payments in respect of contracts. In addition, before accepting any new customer adequate 
credit insurance is taken out as reported in note 18. Where credit insurance is difficult to acquire, the executive risk committee 
determines the appropriate exposure for the Group to take with a customer.

The Group manages the collection of retentions through its post-completion project monitoring procedures and ongoing contact with 
customers so as to ensure that potential issues that could lead to the non-payment of retentions are addressed as soon as they are 
identified.

Amounts outstanding from construction contract customers are due with reference to the payment terms for each particular contract 
but the majority would be receivable within four months from the end of the reporting period. Amounts due for settlement after 12 
months are disclosed in note 18.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. The ultimate 
responsibility for liquidity risk rests with the board.

The Group generates cash through its operations and aims to manage liquidity by ensuring that it will always have sufficient financing 
facilities to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stress conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking 
damage to the Group’s reputation. Forecast and actual cash flow is continuously monitored.

On 31 October 2014, the Group entered into a new £25,000,000 revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) with HSBC Bank plc and Yorkshire Bank 
(a member of the National Australia Bank group) which matures in July 2019 and cancelled the existing RCF facility with Royal Bank 
of Scotland plc and Yorkshire Bank which was due to expire in November 2016.

The new facility includes an accordion facility of £20,000,000, which allows the Group to increase the aggregate available borrowings 
to £45,000,000, at the Group’s request. This new facility is subject to certain covenants including the cover of interest costs and the 
ratio of net debt to EBITDA.

As at 31 March 2015, £25,000,000 of this facility was not drawn but available. Up to £10,000,000 of this facility is available by way of 
an overdraft.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

121

21. Financial instruments continued
In accordance with IFRS 7, the following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its financial liabilities.

Liabilities – 2015

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities — finance leases

Liabilities – 2014

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities — borrowings

Financial liabilities — finance leases

Maturity analysis

Carrying
value
£000

49,770

794

50,564

47,800

5,000

206

53,006

Less than
3 months
£000

43,408

70

43,478

43,250

—

49

43,299

3 months
to 1 year
£000

5,799

135

5,934

3,166

—

132

3,298

1–2
years
£000

272

180

452

1,035

—

25

1,060

2–5
years
£000

291

409

700

349

5,000

—

5,349

Total
£000

49,770

794

50,564

47,800

5,000

206

53,006

Market risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in credit risks described above, in foreign currency exchange 
rates and interest rates. The Group has entered into certain derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign 
currency risk.

Market risk exposures are monitored and are supplemented by sensitivity analysis. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure 
to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk.

Foreign currency risk management
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Hence, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise. 
Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters utilising forward foreign exchange contracts.

The Group seeks to minimise the effects of currency risks by using derivative financial instruments when appropriate to hedge these risk 
exposures against contracted sales. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the board of directors. 
The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

The carrying value of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are  
as follows:

Euro

US dollar

Liabilities

Assets

2015
£000

(149)

—

(149)

2014
£000

(132)

—

(132)

2015
£000

942

605

1,547

2014
£000

4,148

5

4,153

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The Group is only significantly exposed to the euro and US dollar.

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 10 per cent increase and decrease in sterling against the relevant foreign 
currencies. Ten per cent is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and 
represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates. The sensitivity analysis includes 
only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and derivative financial instruments, and adjusts their translation 
at the year-end for a 10 per cent change in foreign currency rates. A positive number below indicates an increase in profit and other 
equity where sterling strengthens 10 per cent against the relevant currency. For a 10 per cent weakening of sterling against the relevant 
currency, there would be an equal and opposite impact on the profit and other equity, and the balances below would be negative.

Profit or loss and equity

US dollar currency 
impact

Euro currency 
impact

2015
£000

(61)

2014
£000

—

2015
£000

501

2014
£000

324

At present the Group’s translation exposure to the Indian rupee via its Indian joint venture is not significant. As the business grows, 
this exposure is expected to become more significant.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

122

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

21. Financial instruments continued
Forward foreign exchange contracts
It is the policy of the Group to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to cover future euro and US dollar currency receipts on 
relevant contracts.

At 31 March 2015, the Group had forward exchange contracts held for the sale of 7.7m euros (2014: 8.8m euros) and nil US dollars 
(2014: nil US dollars) at an average exchange rate of 1.326 euros/£ (2014: 1.206 euros/£) and nil US dollars/£ (2014: nil US dollars/£) 
to the pound and maturing within 12 months of the year-end.

Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as described under the borrowings paragraph earlier in this note. The Group does not 
currently hedge any of its interest rate exposure.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the balance sheet date. For floating 
rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the gross amount of liability outstanding at balance sheet date was outstanding 
for the whole period. A 0.5 per cent increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management 
personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

If interest rates had been 0.5 per cent higher and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s profit for the year ended  
31 March 2015 and the Group’s equity at that date would decrease by £nil (2014: £25,000). This is attributable to the Group’s exposure 
to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings. If the £25,000,000 facility is fully utilised the exposure increases to £125,000.

22. Share-based payments
The Group operates a share-based incentive scheme open to all employees of the Group although the current intention is that only 
the Company’s executive directors (being both board directors and certain members of the executive committee) and selected senior 
employees will participate in the scheme. Further details are given in the directors’ remuneration report on pages 72 to 86. 

Performance share plan
The vesting of awards is subject to performance conditions set by the remuneration committee. The Group recognised a total charge 
of £480,000 for the year (2014: £162,000) with a corresponding entry to reserves. The weighted average fair value of share options 
granted during the year was £0.52 per share. Three outstanding awards had been granted to 31 March 2015:

•	 During the period ended 31 March 2013 the remuneration committee granted 1,113,508 ordinary shares of 2.5p each at £nil value 
to the executive directors. The vesting of these awards was dependent on the Group’s underlying earnings per share performance 
over the three-year period from 1 January 2012 to 31 December 2014. As a result of the Group’s change of year-end to 31 March, 
these awards were deferred until 31 March 2015. The following vesting schedule applies:

Underlying EPS performance‡ for year ended 31 December 2014†

Equal to less than 6.51p
Equal to 11.71p or better
Between 6.51p and 11.71p

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of the shares granted are as follows:

Share price on date of grant
Exercise price
Expected volatility (using historic performance)
Risk-free rate
Dividend
Actual life

% of award vesting

0%
100%
between 25% and 100%

£2.00*
nil
50%
1.7%
5.0p
three years

*   Granted on 7 March 2012.
†   Now deferred to 31 March 2015.
‡   The original EPS targets have been adjusted by a factor of 1.92105. This adjustment is based on the relationship between the last day cum rights issue share 

price (73p) and the theoretical ex rights price (38p).

The Black–Scholes pricing model produced, using the above assumptions, an annual charge of £nil (2014: charge of £nil). 

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

123

22. Share-based payments continued
•	 During the year ended 31 March 2014 the remuneration committee granted 2,183,779 ordinary shares of 2.5p each at £nil value to 
the executive directors. The vesting of these awards will be dependent on the Group’s underlying earnings per share performance 
over the three-year period from 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2016. The following vesting schedule applies:

Underlying EPS performance for year ending 31 March 2016

Equal to less than 2.15p
Equal to 4.87p or better
Between 2.15p and 4.87p

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of the shares granted are as follows:

Share price on date of grant
Exercise price
Expected volatility (using historic performance)
Risk-free rate
Dividend
Actual life

*   Granted on 5 June 2013.

% of award vesting

0%
100%
between 25% and 100%

£0.48*
nil
98%
2.7%
1.0p
three years

The Black–Scholes pricing model produced, using the above assumptions, an annual charge of £229,000 (2014: £162,000). 

•	 During the year ended 31 March 2015 the remuneration committee granted 2,198,382 ordinary shares of 2.5p each at £nil value to 
the executive directors. The vesting of these awards will be dependent on the Group’s underlying earnings per share performance 
over the three-year period from 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2017. The following vesting schedule applies:

Underlying EPS performance for year ending 31 March 2017

Equal to less than 3.23p
Equal to 6.45p or better
Between 3.23p and 6.45p

The assumptions used to measure the fair value of the shares granted are as follows:

Share price on date of grant
Exercise price
Expected volatility (using historic performance)
Risk-free rate
Dividend
Actual life

* Granted on 4 June 2014.

The Black–Scholes pricing model produced, using the above assumptions, an annual charge of £251,000.

23. Share capital

Issued and fully paid:
297,503,587 ordinary shares of 2.5p each (2014: 297,503,587 ordinary shares of 2.5p each)

There are no share options outstanding as at 31 March 2015 (2014: nil).

% of award vesting

0%
100%
between 25% and 100%

£0.55*
nil
76%
2.7%
1.0p
three years

2015
£000

2014
£000

7,437

7,437

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

124

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

24. Other reserves

At 1 April 2013
Share-based payments charge
At 1 April 2014
Share-based payments charge
At 31 March 2015

Share-based
payment 
reserve
£000

388
243
631
480
1,111

Other
reserves
£000

139
—
139
—
139

Total
£000

527
243
770
480
1,250

The movement in the share-based payment reserve represents the share-based payment charge of £480,000 (2014: £243,000)  
(see note 22). The prior year charge includes £162,000 for the performance share plan and £81,000 for the share incentive plan which 
terminated in 2014.

25. Net cash flow from operating activities

Operating profit/(loss) from continuing operations
Adjustments:
  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 13)
  Depreciation of investment property (note 13)
  Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
  Amortisation of intangible assets (note 12)
  Retirement of acquired intangible asset (note 12)
  Movements in pension scheme (note 30)
  Share of results of JVs and associates (note 15)
  Share-based payments
  Movement in valuation of derivatives
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
  Decrease in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in payables
Cash generated from operations
Tax (paid)/received
Net cash flow from operating activities

26. Analysis of net funds

Cash and cash equivalents

Unamortised debt arrangement fees

Financial liabilities — borrowings

Financial liabilities — finance leases

27. Capital commitments

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

2015
£000

259

3,622
10
(46)
2,757
—
(528)
213
480
(118)
6,649
1,075
(4,206)
7,893
11,411
(965)
10,446

2015
£000

6,884

273

—

(794)

6,363

2015
£000

—

2014
£000

(3,499)

3,581
40
(96)
2,885
2,370
(539)
3,391
243
—
8,376
2,372
10,798
(19,433)
2,113
409
2,522

2014
£000

5,525

—

(5,000)

(206)

319

2014
£000

750

 
 
Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

125

28. Contingent liabilities
Liabilities have been recorded for the directors’ best estimate of uncertain contract positions, known legal claims, investigations and 
legal actions in progress. The Group takes legal advice as to the likelihood of success of claims and actions and no liability is recorded 
where the directors consider, based on that advice, that the action is unlikely to succeed, or that the Group cannot make a sufficiently 
reliable estimate of the potential obligation. The Group also has contingent liabilities in respect of other issues that may have 
occurred, but where no claim has been made and it is not possible to reliably estimate the potential obligation.

The Company and its subsidiaries have provided unlimited multilateral guarantees to secure any bank overdrafts and loans of 
all other Group companies. At 31 March 2015 these amounted to £15,000,000 (2014: £25,000,000). The Group has also given 
performance bonds in the normal course of trade.

29. Operating lease arrangements
The Group as lessee
The Group leases a number of its premises under operating leases which expire between 2015 and 2032.

The total future minimum lease rentals are as follows:

Minimum lease rentals due:

— Within one year

— After one year and within five years

— After five years

2015
£000

2014
£000

1,140

3,656

11,553

16,349

1,076

3,779

12,231

17,086

The Group also leases certain items of plant and machinery and vehicles whose total future minimum lease rentals are as follows:

Minimum lease rentals due:

— Within one year

— After one year and within five years

— After five years

2015
£000

1,272

2,128

39

3,439

2014
£000

1,172

1,450

105

2,727

The Group as lessor
Property rental income earned on owned properties during the year was £211,000 (2014: £422,000). The properties held have 
committed tenants for the next one to five years. All operating lease contracts contain market review clauses in the event that the 
lessees exercise the options to renew. The lessees do not have an option to purchase the property at the expiry of the lease period.

As at the balance sheet date the Group had contracted with tenants for the following future minimum lease payments:

— Within one year
— After one year and within five years
— After five years

2015
£000

172
313
212
697

2014
£000

397
919
—
1,316

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

126

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

30. Retirement benefit obligations
Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates two defined contribution retirement benefit schemes. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those 
of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.

The total cost charged to income of £1,644,000 (2014: £1,357,000) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group 
at rates specified in the rules of the plans. As at 31 March 2015, contributions of £266,000 (2014: £183,000) due in respect of the 
current reporting period had not been paid over to the schemes.

Defined benefit schemes
The Group has a defined benefit scheme which is now closed to new members and no defined benefit membership rights will accrue 
under the scheme. 

The scheme exposes the Group to actuarial and other risks, the most significant of which are considered to be:

Investment risk The present values of the scheme liabilities are calculated using a discount rate determined by reference to 

Interest risk

Longevity risk

Salary risk

corporate bond yields; if the return on scheme assets is below this rate, it will create a plan deficit. The Group 
holds a significant proportion of growth assets (bonds, gilts and equities) to leverage the return generated by the 
scheme.
A decrease in the corporate bond interest rate will increase the scheme liabilities, although this will be partially 
offset by an increase in the return on the scheme’s assets.
The present values of the scheme liabilities are calculated by reference to the best estimate of the mortality of 
scheme participants which reflect continuing improvements in life expectancy. An increase in the life expectancy 
of the scheme participants will increase the scheme’s liabilities.
The present values of the defined benefit scheme liabilities are calculated by reference to the future salaries of 
scheme participants. As such, an increase in the salary of the scheme participants will increase the scheme’s 
liabilities.

The most recent actuarial valuations of plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation were carried out at 5 April 
2014 by Mr Christopher Hunter, Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation, the related 
current service cost and past service cost were measured using the projected unit credit method.

Key assumptions used:
Discount rate
Inflation (RPI)
Future pension increases

2015
%

3.2
2.9
2.8

2014
%

4.4
3.2
3.1

When considering mortality assumptions a male life expectancy to 85 at age 65 has been used for the year ended 31 March 2015 
(2014: 85).

Impact on scheme liabilities of changes to key assumptions:

Assumption

Discount rate
Rate of mortality

Change in assumption

Increase/decrease by 0.25%
Increase by one year

Impact on scheme liabilities

Decrease/increase by 4.5%
Increase by 3.4%

Amounts recognised in income in respect of these defined benefit schemes are as follows:

Interest cost
Interest income

2015
£000

1,407
(898)
509

2014
£000

1,290
(815)
475

The charge for the year has been included in operating costs. Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in the statement of 
comprehensive income. The cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised amount to a loss of £13,980,000 (2014: £9,509,000).

The actual return on scheme assets was a gain of £2,414,000 (2014: £300,000).

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

127

30. Retirement benefit obligations continued
The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of the defined benefit retirement scheme is 
as follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligations
Fair value of scheme assets

The major categories of scheme assets as a percentage of the total scheme assets are as follows:

Equities
Bonds and gilts
Cash
Property
Other

2015
£000

(38,958)
22,481
(16,477)

2014
£000

(32,395)
19,862
(12,533)

2015
%

21.3
61.3
6.2
9.2
2.0
100.0

2014
%

21.5
62.3
5.5
8.8
1.9
100.0

Bonds and gilts include a mixture of corporate and government bonds and fixed and index-linked gilts. Approximately 9 per cent of bonds 
have a sub-investment grade credit rating (BB+ or lower) and approximately 68 per cent of gilts are index-linked with 32 per cent being 
fixed.

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:

At start of year

Interest cost

Actuarial losses

Benefits paid

At end of year

2015
£000

(32,395)

(1,407)

(5,988)

832

2014
£000

(31,061)

(1,290)

(746)

702

(38,958)

(32,395)

Actuarial losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions, changes in financial assumptions and gains or losses arising 
from experience were losses of £nil (2014: £768,000), losses of £5,624,000 (2014: gains of £127,000) and losses of £364,000 (2014: 
losses of £105,000) respectively.

Movements in the fair value of scheme assets were as follows:

At start of year

Interest income

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Employer contributions

Benefits paid

At end of year

2015
£000

2014
£000

19,862

19,250

898

1,517

1,037

(833)

22,481

815

(515)

1,014

(702)

19,862

The Group expects to contribute £88,000 per month to its defined benefit pension scheme in the year to 31 March 2016.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

128

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

30. Retirement benefit obligations continued
History of experience of gains and losses:

Experience gains/(losses) on scheme assets (£000)

Percentage of scheme assets

Experience (gains)/losses on scheme liabilities (£000)

Percentage of the present value of scheme liabilities

Total amount recognised in the consolidated  
statement of comprehensive income (£000)

Percentage of the present value of scheme liabilities

* Represents the 15-month period ended 31 March 2013.

2015

1,516

6.7%

(364)

(0.9%)

2014

(515)

(2.6%)

(105)

(0.3%)

2013*

961

5.0%

424

1.4%

2011

243

1.4%

(512)

(1.9%)

2010

(34)

(0.2%)

1,013

4.1%

(4,471)

(11.5%)

(1,261)

(3.9%)

(2,824)

(9.1%)

(1,369)

(5.1%)

(440)

(1.8%)

The weighted average period over which benefits are expected to be paid, or the duration of the liabilities, is currently 18 years.

31. Related party transactions
The remuneration of the directors is provided in the audited part of the directors’ remuneration report on page 80.

In addition to the board of directors, members of the executive committee are also considered as key management personnel of the 
Group. Information about the remuneration of the additional directors who belong to the executive committee is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits

Contributions into pension schemes

2015
£000

1,204

93

1,297

2014
£000

852

112

964

Short-term employee benefits include salary, bonus, social security contributions, the provision of company cars, fuel for company 
cars and private medical insurance.

The charge in relation to share-based payments is provided in note 22 and relates to executive directors and members of the 
executive committee.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Group and its associated undertakings are disclosed below.

During the year the Group purchased services in the ordinary course of business from Fabsec Limited at a cost of £162,000  
(2014: £105,000). The amount outstanding at 31 March 2015 was £92,000 (2014: £16,000).

During the year the Group incurred additional operating costs in relation to the day-to-day running of the joint venture in India of 
£596,000 (2014: £595,000). Those costs were recharged to the joint venture company during the year and the amount outstanding at 
31 March 2015 was £245,000 (2014: £275,000).

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

129

Five year summary

Results

Revenue

Underlying* operating profit/(loss)
Underlying* profit/(loss) before tax

Non-underlying items before tax
Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders 
of Severfield plc

Assets employed

Non-current assets

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Key statistics

Earnings per share:

Basic — underlying*

Basic
Diluted — underlying*

Diluted

Dividends per share

Dividend cover (times) — underlying* basis

Share price — high

— low

2015
£000

2014
£000

2013†
£000

2011
£000

2010
£000

201,535

231,312

318,256

267,778

266,692

8,974
8,311

(8,502)

7,621
4,025

(8,082)

(19,218)
(21,532)

(7,326)

14,193
10,117

(3,335)

16,204
15,283

(4,176)

144

(2,640)

(23,127)

5,822

7,633

145,078

16,565

(21,059)

140,584

147,650

14,243

(18,495)

143,398

154,871

156,940

165,013

(32,060)

(20,410)

(3,059)

(21,583)

(11,739)

(22,331)

102,401

132,298

130,943

2.31p

0.05p
2.31p

0.05p

—

—

72.00p

53.50p

0.88p

(0.89p)
0.88p

(0.89p)

—

—

65.50p

38.00p

(10.78p)

(13.49p)
(10.78p)

(13.49p)

1.50p

(13.8)

114.26p

35.40p

4.19p

3.39p
4.19p

3.39p

5.00p

1.6

6.51p

4.46p
6.51p

4.46p

7.50p

1.3

173.60p

78.08p

163.06p

92.27p

Key statistics for 2013, 2011 and 2010 have been restated to reflect the 7:3 rights issue in April 2013.

*  The basis of stating results on an underlying basis is set out on page 101.
† Represents the 15-month period ended 31 March 2013.

Financial calendar

Preliminary announcement of full year results

Publication of annual report

Annual general meeting

Announcement of interim results (provisional)

17 June 2015

July 2015

2 September 2015

24 November 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

 
130

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com

Delivering quality service 

The project involves the construction of two new 
production studios within the Warner Brothers complex 
at Leavesden, together with an extension to the existing 
Harry Potter tour. Each new studio is essentially a portal 
frame which includes wide spanning roof trusses with 
gantry walkways located within the trusses, as well as 
runway beams fixed to the underside of the trusses. The 
Harry Potter extension is of similar construction.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

131

131

Our financials — Company

Company balance sheet 
Notes to the Company financial statements 

132 
133 

Project: Warner Brothers, Leavesden

Sector: Stadia and leisure

Location: Leavesden, Hertfordshire

Tonnage: 1,500

Client: Warner Brothers

Main contractor: Bowmer and Kirkland

Completion: March 2015

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

132

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Company balance sheet
At 31 March 2015

Fixed assets

Tangible assets

Intangible assets

Investments

Debtors — amounts falling due within one year

Creditors — amounts falling due within one year

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Profit and loss account

Equity and total shareholders’ funds

Note

2015
£000

2014
£000

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

13

60,022

515

100,659

161,196

48,094

(95,674)

(47,580)

113,616

7,437

85,702

1,100

19,377

113,616

60,760

652

98,959

160,371

63,021

(115,879)

(52,858)

107,513

7,437

85,702

620

13,754

107,513

The financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 17 June 2015 and signed on its behalf by:

Ian Lawson 
Chief executive officer

Alan Dunsmore 
Group finance director

Severfield plc 
Registered in England No: 1721262

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

133

Notes to the Company financial statements
At 31 March 2015

1. Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. They have been prepared 
under the historical cost convention and in accordance with applicable UK accounting standards (‘UK GAAP’).

Going concern
After making enquiries, the directors have formed a judgement at the time of approving the financial statements that there is a 
reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For 
this reason the directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements of the Company. The key 
factors considered by the directors in making the statement are set out within the financial review on pages 32 to 35.

Cash flow
The Company is exempt from the requirements of FRS1 (Revised) ‘Cash flow statements’.

Tangible fixed assets
Freehold and long leasehold land is held at cost and not depreciated.

Depreciation is provided on other fixed assets to write off the cost of each asset over its estimated useful life at the following rates: 

Freehold buildings
Motor vehicles

1 per cent straight-line
25 per cent written down value

Intangible fixed assets
Intangible fixed assets relate to capitalised software costs. 

Intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

Software costs

7 years 

Investments
Fixed asset investments are shown at cost less provision for impairment.

Taxation
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates 
and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is provided in full on timing differences which result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or a 
right to pay less tax, at a future date, at rates expected to apply when they crystallise based on current tax rates and law. Timing 
differences arise from the inclusion of items of income and expenditure in taxation computations in periods different from those in 
which they are included in financial statements.

Deferred tax is not provided on timing differences arising from the revaluation of fixed assets where there is no commitment to sell 
the asset, or on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and associates where there is no commitment to remit these earnings. Deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are not discounted.

Share-based payments
Share-based payments are accounted for as described in the Group accounting policies on page 105.

Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 8 ‘Related party disclosures’ not to disclose transactions with other 
wholly-owned Group companies.

2. Operating profit
The auditor’s remuneration for audit services to the Company was £17,000 (2014: £17,000).

3. Profit of the Company
The Company has taken advantage of Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and consequently its profit and loss account is not 
presented as part of these accounts. The profit of the Company for the financial year amounted to £5,623,000 (2014: £10,742,000). 
Dividends paid and proposed are disclosed in note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

134

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the Company financial statements

4. Tangible fixed assets

Cost

At 1 April 2014

Disposals

At 31 March 2015

Depreciation

At 1 April 2014

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2015

Net book value

At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2014

Freehold 
and long 
leasehold
land and
buildings
£000

64,256

(216)

64,040

3,513

505

—

4,018

60,022

60,743

Motor 
vehicles
£000

65

(46)

19

48

3

(32)

19

—

17

Total
£000

64,321

(262)

64,059

3,561

508

(32)

4,037

60,022

60,760

The Company’s freehold and long leasehold land and buildings includes those which are occupied and used by some of the Company’s 
subsidiary undertakings.

5. Investments

Investment in subsidiaries

Investment in joint ventures

2015
£000

86,950

13,709

100,659

2014
£000

86,950

12,009

98,959

Investment in subsidiaries
The Company has investments in the following significant subsidiary undertakings. All of the companies listed are registered in 
England and Wales.

Severfield (UK) Limited
Severfield (Design & Build) Limited
Severfield (NI) Limited

— steel fabrication and construction
— steel fabrication
— steel fabrication and construction

The Company owns the whole of the issued share capital of the subsidiaries noted above.

Cost
At 1 April 2014 and 31 March 2015
Provision for impairment
At 1 April 2014 and 31 March 2015
Net book value
At 31 March 2015
At 31 March 2014

£000

107,150

20,200

86,950
86,950

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

135

5. Investments continued
Investment in joint ventures
On 17 November 2008 a formal agreement was signed in India with JSW Building Systems Limited (a subsidiary of JSW Steel Limited 
of India) to form a 50/50 joint venture, JSW Severfield Structures Limited, to create a structural steelwork business in Bellary and 
Mumbai, India, serving primarily the Indian market.

JSW Severfield Structures Limited is registered in India and, during the year, the Company invested indirectly £1,700,000 (2014: 
£3,538,000) in the joint venture. The investment is carried in Severfield Mauritius Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

Cost
At 1 April 2014
Additions
At 31 March 2015

£000

12,009
1,700
13,709

As a result of the loss of £213,000 recorded during the year, the Company’s investment in the Indian joint venture of £13,709,000 
has been reviewed for impairment. The recoverable amount of the investment is determined from value in use calculations which 
are based on the following year’s budget, together with financial projections for 2017 to 2019. The calculations assume a long-term 
growth rate of 1.5 per cent from 2020 onwards and a pre-tax discount rate of 10 per cent. Following this review, no impairment charge 
was recorded in the year ended 31 March 2015 (2014: £nil). Management considers that no reasonably possible change in the key 
assumptions would result in an impairment, whilst recognising that the achievement of the forecasts is dependent on the move to a 
sustainable profit position.

6. Debtors — amounts falling due within one year

Other debtors

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Corporation tax recoverable

7. Creditors — amounts falling due within one year

Bank borrowings

Other creditors and accruals

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Deferred tax liability (note 8)

2015
£000

1,202

45,321

1,571

48,094

2015
£000

3,864

4,266

2014
£000

493

61,699

829

63,021

2014
£000

8,873

2,797

87,351

103,931

193

278

95,674

115,879

Borrowings represent an element of the Group’s revolving credit facility from HSBC Bank plc and National Australia Bank jointly as 
disclosed in note 21 to the consolidated financial statements. The facility is available until July 2019.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

136

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Notes to the Company financial statements
At 31 March 2015

8. Deferred tax

Excess capital allowances

Short-term timing differences

Deferred tax — movement for the year

At 1 April 2014 

Current year credit

At 31 March 2015 

9. Share capital

Issued and fully paid:

Amount provided

Amount unprovided

2015
£000

394

(201)

193

2014
£000

385

(107)

278

2015
£000

—

—

—

2015
£000

2014
£000

—

—

—

£000

278

(85)

193

2014
£000

297,503,587 ordinary shares of 2.5p each (2014: 297,503,587 ordinary shares of 2.5p each)

7,437

7,437

There are no share options outstanding as at 31 March 2015 (2014: nil).

10. Share premium

At start of year
Proceeds from shares issued
At end of year

11. Other reserves

At start of year
Share-based payment charge
At end of year

2015
£000

85,702
—
85,702

2015
£000

620
480
1,100

2014
£000

46,152
39,550
85,702

2014
£000

377
243
620

The movement in the share-based payment reserve represents the share-based payment charge of £480,000 (2014: £243,000).

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

Our financials

137

12. Profit and loss account

At start of year
Net profit for the year
At end of year

13. Movement in shareholders’ funds

At start of year
Proceeds from shares issued
Net profit for the year
Movement in share-based payment reserve
At end of year

14. Capital commitments

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

2015
£000

13,754
5,623
19,377

2015
£000

107,513
—
5,623
480
113,616

2014
£000

3,012
10,742
13,754

2014
£000

51,772
44,756
10,742
243
107,513

2015
£000

—

2014
£000

—

15. Contingent liabilities
The Company has provided an unlimited multilateral guarantee to secure any bank overdrafts and loans of all other Group companies. 
At 31 March 2015 these amounted to £nil (2014: £nil).

During the prior year, the Company provided an undertaking, not exceeding £3,500,000, to secure a loan facility of the Indian joint 
venture (JSW Severfield Structures Limited) until 31 March 2016.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

138

Severfield plc

Stock code: SFR

www.severfield.com
www.severfield.com

Addresses and advisers

Registered office and headquarters
Severfield plc
Severs House 
Dalton Airfield Industrial Estate 
Dalton, Thirsk 
North Yorkshire 
YO7 3JN

Severfield (Design & Build) 
Limited
Ward House 
Sherburn 
Malton 
North Yorkshire 
YO17 8PZ

Severfield (NI) Limited
Fisher House 
Ballinamallard 
Enniskillen 
Co Fermanagh 
BT94 2FY

Stockbrokers
Jefferies International Limited
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London, EC4V 3BJ

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services 
PLC 
PO Box 82 

The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road 

Bristol, BS99 7NP

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc 
Maingate 

Kingsway North 

Team Valley Trading Estate 
Gateshead, NE11 0BE

National Australia Bank Limited
(Yorkshire Bank) 
94 Albion Street 
Leeds, LS1 6AG

Operational businesses
Severfield (UK) Limited
Severs House  
Dalton Airfield Industrial Estate 
Dalton, Thirsk 
North Yorkshire 
YO7 3JN

JSW Severfield Structures 
Limited
Office No. 302, Naman Centre 
3rd Floor, Plot No. C-31 
Bandra Kurla Complex 
Bharat Nagar, Bandra East 
Mumbai 400 051 
India

Advisers
Auditor
Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants 

and Statutory Auditor 

1 City Square 
Leeds, LS1 2AL

Solicitors
Ashurst LLP 
Broadwalk House 

5 Appold Street 

London, EC2A 2HA

Public Relations
Bell Pottinger 
6th Floor, Holborn Gate 

330 High Holborn 

London, WC1V 7QD

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2015

This Annual Report has been printed on recycled coated Board and Paper by an FSC® (Forest Stewardship Council) 
certified printer using vegetable based inks.

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5

Severfield plc
Severs House
Dalton Airfield Industrial Estate
Dalton, Thirsk
North Yorkshire
YO7 3JN

Tel: (01845) 577896
Fax: (01845) 577411

www.severfield.com

23925-04  24-06-2015  Proof 5